Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Machine Learning

653 missions · 434 completed

The science of systems that learn from data and experience. Its scope runs from the statistical and mathematical foundations of learning, including generalization, expressivity, and computational limits, through the design of learning algorithms, deep learning, reinforcement learning, and probabilistic methods, to the empirical study of large models and the trustworthiness, interpretability, and societal impact of learned systems.

Missions

Open219Completed434All653
Algorithmic Game TheoryBandit AlgorithmsReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

V-Learning—A Simple, Efficient, Decentralized Algorithm for Multiagent Reinforcement Learning: Independent V-Learning Finds a Coarse Correlated Equilibrium with Gap O((H²S/K)Ξ(A,K/S,ι) + √(H⁵Sι/K))Research Paper

Motivation

In multi-agent reinforcement learning several agents act in a shared, changing environment, each pursuing its own reward. The standard model is the Markov game (stochastic game), going back to Shapley (1953). When agents learn from experience rather than from a known model, the natural target is an equilibrium of the game, and the natural question is how many episodes of play are needed to find one.

Before V-learning, sample-efficient algorithms for general-sum Markov games were centralized and model-based: they estimated quantities indexed by the joint action, so their sample complexity grew with ∏j=1mAj\prod_{j=1}^m A_j∏j=1m​Aj​, exponentially in the number of players mmm. This is the curse of multiagents. Jin, Liu, Wang and Yu (arXiv:2110.14555, journal version in Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) introduced V-learning, in which every agent runs its own simple algorithm, sees only its own reward and the states, and never needs the other agents' actions. Theorem 6 of the paper shows that the agents' combined output is an approximate coarse correlated equilibrium (CCE) after a number of episodes polynomial in HHH, SSS and max⁡jAj\max_j A_jmaxj​Aj​ only.

Timeline:

  • 2018: Jin, Allen-Zhu, Bubeck and Jordan analyse optimistic Q-learning with the learning rate αt=(H+1)/(H+t)\alpha_t=(H+1)/(H+t)αt​=(H+1)/(H+t), the rate V-learning reuses (arXiv:1807.03765).
  • 2020: Bai and Jin (arXiv:2002.04017) and Xie et al. give the first sample-efficient algorithms for two-player zero-sum Markov games, based on optimistic value iteration. Bai, Jin and Yu (arXiv:2006.12007, NeurIPS 2020) introduce V-learning, coupled with FTRL, for Nash equilibria of two-player zero-sum games.
  • 2021: Liu, Yu, Bai and Jin (arXiv:2010.01604, ICML 2021) learn Nash, CE and CCE of multi-player general-sum games with a centralized model-based method in O(H4S2∏jAj/ε2)O(H^4S^2\prod_jA_j/\varepsilon^2)O(H4S2∏j​Aj​/ε2) episodes.
  • 2021: the present paper (arXiv v1, 27 October 2021) presents V-learning as a generic class of algorithms with any adversarial bandit subroutine and proves Theorem 6; two concurrent works (references [32] and [47] of the paper) obtain CCE guarantees for V-learning-style algorithms with one more factor of HHH.

Setting

A tabular episodic mmm-player Markov game has SSS states, episodes of HHH steps, and AjA_jAj​ actions for player jjj; A=max⁡jAjA=\max_jA_jA=maxj​Aj​. At step hhh in state sss the players choose actions simultaneously, forming a joint action a\boldsymbol aa; player jjj receives the deterministic reward rj,h(s,a)∈[0,1]r_{j,h}(s,\boldsymbol a)\in[0,1]rj,h​(s,a)∈[0,1], and the next state is drawn from Ph(⋅∣s,a)\mathbb P_h(\cdot\mid s,\boldsymbol a)Ph​(⋅∣s,a). Every episode starts at a fixed state s1s_1s1​.

A joint policy π\piπ may be correlated: the players share a random seed. Vj,1π(s1)V^\pi_{j,1}(s_1)Vj,1π​(s1​) is player jjj's expected total reward. The best response value Vj,1†,π−j(s1)V^{\dagger,\pi_{-j}}_{j,1}(s_1)Vj,1†,π−j​​(s1​) is the largest value player jjj can obtain by switching to a policy of its own, independent of the shared seed, while the others keep playing π−j\pi_{-j}π−j​. A joint policy is an ε\varepsilonε-CCE if max⁡j(Vj,1†,π−j−Vj,1π)(s1)≤ε\max_j\big(V^{\dagger,\pi_{-j}}_{j,1}-V^\pi_{j,1}\big)(s_1)\le\varepsilonmaxj​(Vj,1†,π−j​​−Vj,1π​)(s1​)≤ε.

V-learning (Algorithm 1). Each player keeps, for every state sss and step hhh, a visit count Nh(s)N_h(s)Nh​(s), a value estimate Vj,h(s)V_{j,h}(s)Vj,h​(s) and an adversarial bandit algorithm. After visiting sss at step hhh for the ttt-th time it updates

V~j,h(s)←(1−αt)V~j,h(s)+αt(rj,h+Vj,h+1(sh+1)+βj,t),Vj,h(s)←min⁡{H+1−h,V~j,h(s)},\tilde V_{j,h}(s)\leftarrow(1-\alpha_t)\tilde V_{j,h}(s)+\alpha_t\big(r_{j,h}+V_{j,h+1}(s_{h+1})+\beta_{j,t}\big),\qquad V_{j,h}(s)\leftarrow\min\{H+1-h,\tilde V_{j,h}(s)\},V~j,h​(s)←(1−αt​)V~j,h​(s)+αt​(rj,h​+Vj,h+1​(sh+1​)+βj,t​),Vj,h​(s)←min{H+1−h,V~j,h​(s)},

with αt=(H+1)/(H+t)\alpha_t=(H+1)/(H+t)αt​=(H+1)/(H+t) and a bonus βj,t\beta_{j,t}βj,t​, and feeds the loss (H−rj,h−Vj,h+1(sh+1))/H(H-r_{j,h}-V_{j,h+1}(s_{h+1}))/H(H−rj,h​−Vj,h+1​(sh+1​))/H of its own action to the (s,h)(s,h)(s,h)-th bandit, whose next strategy becomes the policy at (s,h)(s,h)(s,h). The weights αti=αi∏j=i+1t(1−αj)\alpha^i_t=\alpha_i\prod_{j=i+1}^t(1-\alpha_j)αti​=αi​∏j=i+1t​(1−αj​) express V~\tilde VV~ as a weighted average of past updates.

The bandit subroutine must satisfy Assumption 1: against any adaptive adversary with noisy, conditionally unbiased feedback, with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ the αti\alpha^i_tαti​-weighted regret after ttt rounds is at most ξ(B,t,log⁡(1/δ))\xi(B,t,\log(1/\delta))ξ(B,t,log(1/δ)), where ξ\xiξ is non-decreasing in the number of arms BBB and has a partial-sum upper bound Ξ(B,t,⋅)\Xi(B,t,\cdot)Ξ(B,t,⋅) concave in ttt.

The output policy π^\hat\piπ^ (Algorithm 3) samples an episode index kkk uniformly from [K][K][K]; at each step, in state sss with t=Nhk(s)t=N^k_h(s)t=Nhk​(s) earlier visits in episodes k1<⋯<ktk^1<\dots<k^tk1<⋯<kt, it samples iii with probability αti\alpha^i_tαti​, sets k←kik\leftarrow k^ik←ki, and plays the policies the players held at the beginning of episode kik^iki. For the CCE all players use the same sample iii (shared seed, §5.1).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

With ι=log⁡(mHSAK/δ)\iota=\log(mHSAK/\delta)ι=log(mHSAK/δ) and bonuses satisfying ∑i=1tαtiβj,i=Θ(Hξ(Aj,t,ι)+H3ι/t)\sum_{i=1}^t\alpha^i_t\beta_{j,i}=\Theta\big(H\xi(A_j,t,\iota)+\sqrt{H^3\iota/t}\big)∑i=1t​αti​βj,i​=Θ(Hξ(Aj​,t,ι)+H3ι/t​) for t∈[K]t\in[K]t∈[K], with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ

max⁡j∈[m][Vj,1†,π^−j(s1)−Vj,1π^(s1)]≤O(H2SK Ξ(A,K/S,ι)+H5SιK).\max_{j\in[m]}\Big[V^{\dagger,\hat\pi_{-j}}_{j,1}(s_1)-V^{\hat\pi}_{j,1}(s_1)\Big]\le O\Big(\frac{H^2S}{K}\,\Xi(A,K/S,\iota)+\sqrt{\frac{H^5S\iota}{K}}\Big).j∈[m]max​[Vj,1†,π^−j​​(s1​)−Vj,1π^​(s1​)]≤O(KH2S​Ξ(A,K/S,ι)+KH5Sι​​).

The goal leaves the bandit algorithm abstract: it holds for every subroutine satisfying Assumption 1.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 10: the properties of the weights αti\alpha^i_tαti​.
  2. Lemma 11: V~\tilde VV~ as a weighted sum of past updates.
  3. Lemma 12: Assumption 1 transported to every (s,h,j)(s,h,j)(s,h,j)-bandit of the run, with failure probability δ\deltaδ.
  4. Lemma 13 (optimism): Vj,hk≥Vj,h†,π^−j,hkV^k_{j,h}\ge V^{\dagger,\hat\pi^k_{-j,h}}_{j,h}Vj,hk​≥Vj,h†,π^−j,hk​​.
  5. Lemma 14 (pessimism): V‾j,hk≤Vj,hπ^hk\underline V^k_{j,h}\le V^{\hat\pi^k_h}_{j,h}V​j,hk​≤Vj,hπ^hk​​ for the analysis-only estimate V‾\underline VV​.
  6. The summed gap ∑kmax⁡j[Vj,1k−V‾j,1k](s1)≤O(H2SΞ(A,K/S,ι)+H5SKι)\sum_k\max_j[V^k_{j,1}-\underline V^k_{j,1}](s_1)\le O(H^2S\Xi(A,K/S,\iota)+\sqrt{H^5SK\iota})∑k​maxj​[Vj,1k​−V​j,1k​](s1​)≤O(H2SΞ(A,K/S,ι)+H5SKι​) (p. 24).

Two further steps of the proof of Theorem 6 are included as items without milestone status: the one-step recursion of δhk=max⁡j(Vj,hk−V‾j,hk)(shk)\delta^k_h=\max_j(V^k_{j,h}-\underline V^k_{j,h})(s^k_h)δhk​=maxj​(Vj,hk​−V​j,hk​)(shk​) (p. 23) and the pigeonhole bound on the summed bonus terms (pp. 23–24).

Significance

With the FTRL subroutine of the paper (Corollary 19: Ξ(B,t,log⁡(1/δ))=20HBtlog⁡(B/δ)\Xi(B,t,\log(1/\delta))=20\sqrt{HBt\log(B/\delta)}Ξ(B,t,log(1/δ))=20HBtlog(B/δ)​), Theorem 6 gives an ε\varepsilonε-CCE after O~(H5SA/ε2)\tilde O(H^5SA/\varepsilon^2)O~(H5SA/ε2) episodes, against H4S2∏jAj/ε2H^4S^2\prod_jA_j/\varepsilon^2H4S2∏j​Aj​/ε2 for the earlier centralized method. The same analysis, with a swap-regret subroutine, gives correlated equilibria (Theorem 7) and, specialized to two players with opposite rewards, Nash equilibria of zero-sum games (Theorem 5). The algorithm is decentralized: each agent's computation depends only on the visited states and its own actions and rewards.

The result is proved in the paper; to our knowledge no part of it has been machine-checked. A formalization adds a precise statement of what "independent learning finds a CCE" means for non-Markov, history-dependent output policies, and of the adversary class Assumption 1 must cover for the reduction from the Markov game to the bandits to go through. It also makes explicit the boundary cases the paper leaves implicit (first visits, the last step, the initialization of V~\tilde VV~).

Difficulty

The deterministic steps (Lemmas 10–11, the recursion and the pigeonhole bound) are algebra on weighted sums. The difficulty is probabilistic. Lemma 12 must view each (s,h,j)(s,h,j)(s,h,j)-bandit as playing against an adversary formed by the rest of the run: the other players, the transitions and the player's own other bandits, all adapted to the past. Lemmas 13 and 14 need concentration of αti\alpha^i_tαti​-weighted martingale sums over random visit times, uniformly over all states, steps, episodes and players.

The best response is the other obstacle. The output policy is not Markov: it carries a latent episode index. The opponent of π^−j\hat\pi_{-j}π^−j​ may use the whole history of states and joint actions, and the best response to a non-Markov policy is not given by a Bellman equation. Lemma 13's step (v) handles this; the obvious per-state argument does not apply.

Formalization scope

Everything is finite and real-valued. States, players, actions, steps and episodes are Fin types; steps and episodes are 0-based, so the cap H+1−hH+1-hH+1−h is H - h. The bandit rule is a deterministic function from the feedback history to a probability vector, starting uniform. The adversaries of Assumption 1 range over a finitary class: private randomness in an arbitrary finite type, losses chosen from the past before the learner's action, and conditionally unbiased feedback in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The training law is a finite product of policy and transition probabilities, and every probability is a finite sum over episode sequences. The best response is a supremum over deterministic history-dependent deviations, taken outside the average over the output policy's initial index. Θ\ThetaΘ and OOO are read with a universal lower constant c0c_0c0​ before every instance and an OOO-constant depending only on the upper constant c1c_1c1​.

Added hypotheses, each disclosed in its item: nonnegative bonuses; K≥1K\ge1K≥1; per-player bandit rules sharing one ξ\xiξ; ξ≥0\xi\ge0ξ≥0 in the pigeonhole step and the summed-gap milestone; mHSAK≥2mHSAK\ge2mHSAK≥2 in milestone 6, whose printed form is false without it. The output policy's convention at a first visit (t=0t=0t=0) keeps the current index and plays the uniform initial policy.

Two formalizations would trivialize the goal and are ruled out: an Assumption 1 that no algorithm satisfies (a sorry-free check shows every valid rule satisfies it with ξ≡1\xi\equiv1ξ≡1), and a best response averaged per latent index or restricted to Markov deviations.

Needed infrastructure: weighted martingale concentration (Azuma–Hoeffding is on the platform), finite-sum manipulation of the training law, and Jensen's inequality for concave functions. Contributions to any milestone are welcome; the deterministic milestones 1, 2 and 6, and the recursion and pigeonhole steps, are independent of the probabilistic ones.

Selected references

  • C. Jin, Q. Liu, Y. Wang, T. Yu, V-Learning—A Simple, Efficient, Decentralized Algorithm for Multiagent RL, arXiv:2110.14555v1, 2021; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/2110.14555
  • C. Jin, Z. Allen-Zhu, S. Bubeck, M. I. Jordan, Is Q-learning Provably Efficient?, NeurIPS 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1807.03765
  • Y. Bai, C. Jin, Provable Self-Play Algorithms for Competitive Reinforcement Learning, ICML 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2002.04017
  • Y. Bai, C. Jin, T. Yu, Near-Optimal Reinforcement Learning with Self-Play, NeurIPS 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.12007
  • Q. Liu, T. Yu, Y. Bai, C. Jin, A Sharp Analysis of Model-based Reinforcement Learning with Self-Play, ICML 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/2010.01604
  • L. S. Shapley, Stochastic Games, PNAS 39(10), 1953. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.39.10.1095
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Stochastic Optimization Forests: the approximate risk criterion consistently approximates the oracle splitting criterion as the region to split shrinksResearch Paper

Motivation

In contextual stochastic optimization a decision z∈Rdz\in\mathbb R^dz∈Rd is chosen after observing features X∈RpX\in\mathbb R^pX∈Rp, and the ideal policy solves, for each feature value,

z∗(x)∈arg⁡min⁡z E[c(z;Y)∣X=x]z^*(x)\in\arg\min_{z}\ \mathbb E[c(z;Y)\mid X=x]z∗(x)∈argzmin​ E[c(z;Y)∣X=x]

for a cost c(z;y)c(z;y)c(z;y) and an uncertain outcome YYY (inventory demand, asset returns). Kallus and Mao (arXiv:2008.07473, Management Science 2023, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2022.4458) estimate such policies with stochastic optimization forests: random forests whose trees are grown to minimize the downstream decision cost rather than the prediction error of YYY.

The bottleneck is choosing a split. The natural rule, the oracle criterion, re-solves an optimization problem for every candidate split of every node, which is too expensive inside a forest. The paper replaces it by an approximate risk criterion that needs only a gradient per child and one Hessian per parent, and justifies the replacement by a second-order perturbation analysis. This mission formalizes that justification.

Setting

Let μ\muμ be the law of XXX on Rp\mathbb R^pRp and let cˉ(x,z)=E[c(z;Y)∣X=x]\bar c(x,z)=\mathbb E[c(z;Y)\mid X=x]cˉ(x,z)=E[c(z;Y)∣X=x] be the regression cost. For a region R⊆RpR\subseteq\mathbb R^pR⊆Rp with μ(R)>0\mu(R)>0μ(R)>0 write

pR=μ(R),fR(z)=E[c(z;Y)∣X∈R]=1μ(R)∫Rcˉ(x,z) dμ(x).p_R=\mu(R),\qquad f_R(z)=\mathbb E[c(z;Y)\mid X\in R]=\frac1{\mu(R)}\int_R\bar c(x,z)\,d\mu(x).pR​=μ(R),fR​(z)=E[c(z;Y)∣X∈R]=μ(R)1​∫R​cˉ(x,z)dμ(x).

A node of a tree is a region R0R_0R0​; a candidate split is a partition R0=R1∪R2R_0=R_1\cup R_2R0​=R1​∪R2​ into disjoint measurable pieces. Abbreviate pj=pRjp_j=p_{R_j}pj​=pRj​​, fj=fRjf_j=f_{R_j}fj​=fRj​​ for j=0,1,2j=0,1,2j=0,1,2; note p1f1+p2f2=p0f0p_1f_1+p_2f_2=p_0f_0p1​f1​+p2​f2​=p0​f0​. Let z0z_0z0​ be the unique minimizer of f0f_0f0​, ∇f\nabla f∇f the gradient and ∇2f\nabla^2 f∇2f the Hessian in zzz, and D0=sup⁡x,x′∈R0∥x−x′∥2\mathcal D_0=\sup_{x,x'\in R_0}\|x-x'\|_2D0​=supx,x′∈R0​​∥x−x′∥2​ the diameter of R0R_0R0​.

The oracle criterion (eq. (8)) is the optimal cost after the split,

Coracle(R1,R2)=p1min⁡zf1(z)+p2min⁡zf2(z),\mathcal C^{\mathrm{oracle}}(R_1,R_2)=p_1\min_z f_1(z)+p_2\min_z f_2(z),Coracle(R1​,R2​)=p1​zmin​f1​(z)+p2​zmin​f2​(z),

and the approximate risk criterion (eq. (13)) is

Capx-risk(R1,R2)=−12∑j=1,2pj ∇fj(z0)⊤(∇2f0(z0))−1∇fj(z0).\mathcal C^{\mathrm{apx\text{-}risk}}(R_1,R_2)=-\frac12\sum_{j=1,2}p_j\,\nabla f_j(z_0)^\top\bigl(\nabla^2 f_0(z_0)\bigr)^{-1}\nabla f_j(z_0).Capx-risk(R1​,R2​)=−21​j=1,2∑​pj​∇fj​(z0​)⊤(∇2f0​(z0​))−1∇fj​(z0​).

For g:Rd→Rg:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb Rg:Rd→R the norm (70) is ∥g∥F=max⁡{sup⁡z∣g∣,sup⁡z∥∇g∥2,sup⁡z∥∇2g∥}\|g\|_{\mathcal F}=\max\{\sup_z|g|,\sup_z\|\nabla g\|_2,\sup_z\|\nabla^2 g\|\}∥g∥F​=max{supz​∣g∣,supz​∥∇g∥2​,supz​∥∇2g∥}, and v(f)=min⁡zf(z)v(f)=\min_z f(z)v(f)=minz​f(z).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (pp. 9–10)

Assume cˉ(x,⋅)\bar c(x,\cdot)cˉ(x,⋅) is C2C^2C2 for every xxx; cˉ\bar ccˉ, ∇zcˉ\nabla_z\bar c∇z​cˉ, ∇z2cˉ\nabla_z^2\bar c∇z2​cˉ are LLL-Lipschitz in xxx uniformly in zzz; and at an anchor point xˉ\bar xxˉ the function cˉ(xˉ,⋅)\bar c(\bar x,\cdot)cˉ(xˉ,⋅) has a unique, nondegenerate, level-bounded minimizer. Then for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0 there is δ>0\delta>0δ>0 such that every split of a region R0⊆B(xˉ,δ)R_0\subseteq B(\bar x,\delta)R0​⊆B(xˉ,δ) satisfying the paper's conditions 1–3 for j=1,2j=1,2j=1,2 obeys

∣Coracle(R1,R2)−p0f0(z0)−Capx-risk(R1,R2)∣≤ε p0 D02.\bigl|\mathcal C^{\mathrm{oracle}}(R_1,R_2)-p_0f_0(z_0)-\mathcal C^{\mathrm{apx\text{-}risk}}(R_1,R_2)\bigr|\le\varepsilon\,p_0\,\mathcal D_0^2 .​Coracle(R1​,R2​)−p0​f0​(z0​)−Capx-risk(R1​,R2​)​≤εp0​D02​.

Since p0f0(z0)p_0f_0(z_0)p0​f0​(z0​) does not depend on the split, the two criteria rank splits of a small node alike.

Milestones

  1. Region identity (p. 8): p1f1(z)+p2f2(z)=p0f0(z)p_1f_1(z)+p_2f_2(z)=p_0f_0(z)p1​f1​(z)+p2​f2​(z)=p0​f0​(z).
  2. Example 5 (p. 11): region averages are C2C^2C2, with gradient and Hessian the region averages of those of cˉ\bar ccˉ.
  3. Lipschitz step (p. 81): ∥fj−f0∥F≤LD0\|f_j-f_0\|_{\mathcal F}\le L\mathcal D_0∥fj​−f0​∥F​≤LD0​.
  4. Minimizer consistency (p. 74): minimizers of uniformly close functions are close to a unique, level-bounded minimizer.
  5. Corollary 1 (p. 64): v(f+tδf)=v(f)+tδf(z∗)−12t2∇δf(z∗)⊤(∇2f(z∗))−1∇δf(z∗)+o(t2)v(f+t\delta_f)=v(f)+t\delta_f(z^*)-\tfrac12t^2\nabla\delta_f(z^*)^\top(\nabla^2f(z^*))^{-1}\nabla\delta_f(z^*)+o(t^2)v(f+tδf​)=v(f)+tδf​(z∗)−21​t2∇δf​(z∗)⊤(∇2f(z∗))−1∇δf​(z∗)+o(t2), and the first-order expansion of the minimizer.
  6. Theorem 9 (p. 65): the same expansions at t=1t=1t=1 with errors o(∥δf∥F2)o(\|\delta_f\|^2_{\mathcal F})o(∥δf​∥F2​) and o(∥δf∥F)o(\|\delta_f\|_{\mathcal F})o(∥δf​∥F​).
  7. Uniform Theorem 9 (p. 81): the value expansion of Theorem 9, uniformly over base functions f0f_0f0​ that are F\mathcal FF-close to a fixed nondegenerate fˉ\bar ffˉ​.

Significance

Theorem 2 is the guarantee behind the paper's algorithm: the criterion that is cheap to evaluate agrees with the expensive oracle criterion to second order in the node size, so a forest grown with it splits nodes the way a forest grown with the oracle would, while inverting only one Hessian per node. The same perturbation analysis drives the approximate solution criterion (Theorem 3) and, with constraints, Theorems 4 and 6; the unconstrained milestones here (Corollary 1, Theorem 9) are the reusable core.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is open. No part of it has a machine-checked proof. The mission produces a formal model of region-averaged costs, a quantitative second-order perturbation theory for unconstrained minimization (Corollary 1 and Theorem 9, which are standard in the Bonnans–Shapiro theory but absent from Mathlib), and a version of Theorem 2 with its limit, uniformity and error scale made explicit.

Difficulty

The expansions are about global minima, and Taylor's theorem only controls local behaviour. The obvious argument expands f0+δff_0+\delta_ff0​+δf​ around z0z_0z0​ and minimizes the quadratic model; it fails when the perturbation creates a competing minimum far from z0z_0z0​, which a small ∥δf∥F\|\delta_f\|_{\mathcal F}∥δf​∥F​ does not rule out when f0f_0f0​ is flat at infinity. Theorem 9 is true only because the minimizer is unique along the whole path f0+tδff_0+t\delta_ff0​+tδf​, t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1], which keeps it from jumping.

The second obstacle is uniformity. Theorem 9 is stated for a fixed f0f_0f0​, but in Theorem 2 the base function f0f_0f0​ is the average over R0R_0R0​ and moves as R0R_0R0​ shrinks. The little-ooo must hold uniformly over base functions near the limit cˉ(xˉ,⋅)\bar c(\bar x,\cdot)cˉ(xˉ,⋅); Milestone 7 isolates this step.

Finally, a literal reading of the printed bound o(D02)o(\mathcal D_0^2)o(D02​) is weak: both Coracle−p0f0(z0)\mathcal C^{\mathrm{oracle}}-p_0f_0(z_0)Coracle−p0​f0​(z0​) and Capx-risk\mathcal C^{\mathrm{apx\text{-}risk}}Capx-risk are O(p0D02)O(p_0\mathcal D_0^2)O(p0​D02​), so the printed bound holds without any second-order cancellation whenever p0→0p_0\to0p0​→0. The content is the factor p0p_0p0​.

Formalization scope

Features are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p), decisions EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) (unconstrained, §2). The law μ\muμ is a probability measure. The regression cost cˉ\bar ccˉ is the primitive; YYY and c(z;y)c(z;y)c(z;y) enter only through it (tower property). Gradients are Mathlib's gradient; the Hessian is the derivative of the gradient, and the inverse Hessian is ContinuousLinearMap.inverse, always paired with a positive-definiteness hypothesis so that it is a true inverse. Minima are real infima, and every statement assumes or derives attainment. Little-ooo claims are ε\varepsilonε–δ\deltaδ statements; "∥δf∥F≤N\|\delta_f\|_{\mathcal F}\le N∥δf​∥F​≤N" bounds the value, the gradient and the Hessian pointwise, with the Hessian in operator norm (weaker than the paper's Frobenius norm, so the statements are stronger).

Choices made where the page is silent or misprinted, all disclosed in the items:

  • the anchor point xˉ\bar xxˉ and regions in B(xˉ,δ)B(\bar x,\delta)B(xˉ,δ) name the limit "as the partition becomes finer";
  • the error bound carries the factor p0p_0p0​, which implies the printed o(D02)o(\mathcal D_0^2)o(D02​);
  • condition 4 is read as xxx-Lipschitz bounds on cˉ\bar ccˉ, ∇zcˉ\nabla_z\bar c∇z​cˉ, ∇z2cˉ\nabla^2_z\bar c∇z2​cˉ, uniformly in zzz, which is how the proof uses it;
  • the minimizer in condition 3 depends on ttt (the page calls it z0z_0z0​ for every ttt);
  • the Lipschitz step is ∥fj−f0∥F=O(D0)\|f_j-f_0\|_{\mathcal F}=O(\mathcal D_0)∥fj​−f0​∥F​=O(D0​), not the printed O(D02)O(\mathcal D_0^2)O(D02​), which is false.

The bound without the factor p0p_0p0​, a reading of condition 3 that forces f1=f2=f0f_1=f_2=f_0f1​=f2​=f0​ at the optimum, a sup-norm defined by a supremum that is 000 for unbounded functions, and a radius δ\deltaδ chosen after the regions would each make the goal trivial; the statements exclude all four.

Infrastructure needed: differentiation of set integrals with C2C^2C2 integrands (Mathlib's dominated-derivative lemmas suffice), consistency of minimizers under uniform perturbation, local strong convexity from a positive definite Hessian, and the second-order Taylor bound with remainder. The perturbation results (Milestones 4–7) are reusable for any unconstrained parametric minimization. Proofs of any milestone, and of the goal from Milestones 1, 3 and 7, are welcome.

Selected references

  • N. Kallus, X. Mao, Stochastic Optimization Forests, Management Science 69(4), 2023. arXiv:2008.07473v6 (2022): https://arxiv.org/abs/2008.07473 ; https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2022.4458
  • J. F. Bonnans, A. Shapiro, Perturbation Analysis of Optimization Problems, Springer, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-1394-9
  • A. Shapiro, D. Dentcheva, A. Ruszczyński, Lectures on Stochastic Programming: Modeling and Theory, 2nd ed., SIAM, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611973433
  • S. Athey, J. Tibshirani, S. Wager, Generalized Random Forests, Annals of Statistics 47(2), 2019. https://doi.org/10.1214/18-AOS1709
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Fixing Inventory Inaccuracies at Scale: The Entrywise Algorithm's Expected Anomaly-Detection Cost Is Within O(log^1.5(m)/√m) of the Optimal CostResearch Paper

Motivation

Retail inventory records are often wrong. A store's system may report units on the shelf that are not there (phantom inventory), so the replenishment system never reorders and the product silently stops selling. Audits fix such errors but are expensive, so a retailer wants to decide which store–SKU pairs to audit from sales data alone. The classical way, studying each pair's sales history over a long period, needs time-homogeneous data that rarely exists.

Farias, Li and Peng (arXiv:2006.13126v3, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2024) instead use a single cross-sectional snapshot of sales across nnn stores and mmm SKUs. Expected demand is modelled as a low-rank matrix, anomalies corrupt a random subset of entries, and only some entries are observed. The paper proposes the entrywise (EW) algorithm and proves that its expected decision cost approaches that of an oracle knowing the model, at rate log⁡1.5(m)/m\log^{1.5}(m)/\sqrt mlog1.5(m)/m​. A matching Ω(1/m)\Omega(1/\sqrt m)Ω(1/m​) lower bound (Proposition 1) is also proved. The paper evaluates the method on synthetic data and on real data from a consumer goods retailer.

Setting

An instance has an expected-demand matrix M∗∈R+n×mM^*\in\mathbb R_+^{n\times m}M∗∈R+n×m​ with 2≤m≤n2\le m\le n2≤m≤n, rank rrr and SVD M∗=UΣV⊤M^*=U\Sigma V^\topM∗=UΣV⊤ with singular values σ1∗≥⋯≥σr∗>0\sigma_1^*\ge\dots\ge\sigma_r^*>0σ1∗​≥⋯≥σr∗​>0 and κ=σ1∗/σr∗\kappa=\sigma_1^*/\sigma_r^*κ=σ1∗​/σr∗​. It also has an anomaly model Anom(α,M)\mathrm{Anom}(\alpha,M)Anom(α,M), which is a family of laws on N\mathbb NN indexed by a parameter α∈Γ⊂Rd\alpha\in\Gamma\subset\mathbb R^dα∈Γ⊂Rd and a mean level M≥0M\ge0M≥0. The remaining data are a true parameter α∗\alpha^*α∗, an anomaly probability pA∗p_A^*pA∗​, an observation probability pOp_OpO​, and costs cij(0)c^{(0)}_{ij}cij(0)​ (flagging a normal entry) and cij(1)c^{(1)}_{ij}cij(1)​ (missing an anomaly). Independently for every entry:

  1. the entry is observed with probability pOp_OpO​; the observed set is Ω\OmegaΩ;
  2. Bij∼Bernoulli(pA∗)B_{ij}\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(p_A^*)Bij​∼Bernoulli(pA∗​) marks an anomaly;
  3. sales are Xij∼Poisson(Mij∗)X_{ij}\sim\mathrm{Poisson}(M^*_{ij})Xij​∼Poisson(Mij∗​) if Bij=0B_{ij}=0Bij​=0 and Xij∼Anom(α∗,Mij∗)X_{ij}\sim\mathrm{Anom}(\alpha^*,M^*_{ij})Xij​∼Anom(α∗,Mij∗​) if Bij=1B_{ij}=1Bij​=1.

Assumptions (§2):

  • ∥M∗∥max⁡\|M^*\|_{\max}∥M∗∥max​ lies between a constant cM>0c_M>0cM​>0 and LLL.
  • Incoherence: ∥U∥2,∞≤μr/n\|U\|_{2,\infty}\le\sqrt{\mu r/n}∥U∥2,∞​≤μr/n​ and ∥V∥2,∞≤μr/m\|V\|_{2,\infty}\le\sqrt{\mu r/m}∥V∥2,∞​≤μr/m​.
  • Sparsity: pO≥Clog⁡1.5(m)μrκ2/m\sqrt{p_O}\ge C\log^{1.5}(m)\mu r\kappa^2/\sqrt mpO​​≥Clog1.5(m)μrκ2/m​.
  • pA∗≤1−cAp_A^*\le1-c_ApA∗​≤1−cA​.
  • Anom(α∗,Mij∗)\mathrm{Anom}(\alpha^*,M^*_{ij})Anom(α∗,Mij∗​) has sub-exponential norm ≤L\le L≤L.
  • P(Anom(α,M)=k)\mathbb P(\mathrm{Anom}(\alpha,M)=k)P(Anom(α,M)=k) is KKK-Lipschitz in (α,M)(\alpha,M)(α,M).
  • Mean decomposition: E Anom(α,M)=g(α)M\mathbb E\,\mathrm{Anom}(\alpha,M)=g(\alpha)MEAnom(α,M)=g(α)M with ggg valued in [0,1][0,1][0,1] and KKK-Lipschitz.

The oracle π∗\pi^*π∗ knows θ∗=(α∗,pA∗)\theta^*=(\alpha^*,p_A^*)θ∗=(α∗,pA∗​) and M∗M^*M∗. It computes the posterior fij∗=P(Bij=0∣XΩ)=yij∗/(xij∗+yij∗)f^*_{ij}=\mathbb P(B_{ij}=0\mid X_\Omega)=y^*_{ij}/(x^*_{ij}+y^*_{ij})fij∗​=P(Bij​=0∣XΩ​)=yij∗​/(xij∗​+yij∗​), where xij∗=pA∗PAnom(α∗,Mij∗)(Xij)x^*_{ij}=p_A^*\mathbb P_{\mathrm{Anom}(\alpha^*,M^*_{ij})}(X_{ij})xij∗​=pA∗​PAnom(α∗,Mij∗​)​(Xij​) and yij∗=(1−pA∗)PPoisson(Mij∗)(Xij)y^*_{ij}=(1-p_A^*)\mathbb P_{\mathrm{Poisson}(M^*_{ij})}(X_{ij})yij∗​=(1−pA∗​)PPoisson(Mij∗​)​(Xij​). It flags (i,j)(i,j)(i,j) iff cij(1)/(cij(0)+cij(1))≥fij∗c^{(1)}_{ij}/(c^{(0)}_{ij}+c^{(1)}_{ij})\ge f^*_{ij}cij(1)​/(cij(0)​+cij(1)​)≥fij∗​. The EW algorithm πEW\pi^{EW}πEW runs four steps:

  1. It computes M^=nm∣Ω∣SVD(XΩ)r\hat M=\frac{nm}{|\Omega|}\mathrm{SVD}(X_\Omega)_rM^=∣Ω∣nm​SVD(XΩ​)r​, a rescaled best rank-rrr approximation of the zero-filled observations.
  2. It estimates θ^\hat\thetaθ^ by matching TTT empirical CDF values ∣{Xij≤t,(i,j)∈Ω}∣/∣Ω∣|\{X_{ij}\le t,(i,j)\in\Omega\}|/|\Omega|∣{Xij​≤t,(i,j)∈Ω}∣/∣Ω∣ to their model predictions gt(θ,M^/e(θ))g_t(\theta,\hat M/e(\theta))gt​(θ,M^/e(θ)), where e(θ)=pAg(α)+1−pAe(\theta)=p_Ag(\alpha)+1-p_Ae(θ)=pA​g(α)+1−pA​.
  3. It forms plug-in estimates f^ij\hat f_{ij}f^​ij​ of fij∗f^*_{ij}fij∗​.
  4. It applies the oracle's threshold rule to f^\hat ff^​.

The cost of decisions AAA is

costA(XΩ)=1∣Ω∣∑(i,j)∈Ω(cij(0)1{Aij=1}fij∗+cij(1)1{Aij=0}(1−fij∗)).\mathrm{cost}^A(X_\Omega)=\frac1{|\Omega|}\sum_{(i,j)\in\Omega}\Big(c^{(0)}_{ij}\mathbf 1\{A_{ij}=1\}f^*_{ij}+c^{(1)}_{ij}\mathbf 1\{A_{ij}=0\}(1-f^*_{ij})\Big).costA(XΩ​)=∣Ω∣1​(i,j)∈Ω∑​(cij(0)​1{Aij​=1}fij∗​+cij(1)​1{Aij​=0}(1−fij∗​)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 12)

EXΩ(costπEW(XΩ)−costπ∗(XΩ))≤cmax⁡ C0 (1+K+L+κ+μ+r+pO−1)k log⁡1.5(m)m.\mathbb E_{X_\Omega}\Big(\mathrm{cost}^{\pi^{EW}}(X_\Omega)-\mathrm{cost}^{\pi^*}(X_\Omega)\Big)\le c_{\max}\,C_0\,(1+K+L+\kappa+\mu+r+p_O^{-1})^k\,\frac{\log^{1.5}(m)}{\sqrt m}.EXΩ​​(costπEW(XΩ​)−costπ∗(XΩ​))≤cmax​C0​(1+K+L+κ+μ+r+pO−1​)km​log1.5(m)​.

The constants C0C_0C0​ and kkk and the sparsity constant depend only on ddd, cMc_McM​, cAc_AcA​ and the regularity constant CRCC_{RC}CRC​. The statement asserts the paper's rate with polynomial dependence on the model parameters. It does not fix the polynomial, so a sharper analysis still proves it.

Milestones, in the proof's order

  • Lemma 8: ∥Poisson(λ)∥ψ1≤4λ+1\|\mathrm{Poisson}(\lambda)\|_{\psi_1}\le4\lambda+1∥Poisson(λ)∥ψ1​​≤4λ+1.
  • Lemma 14: a Bernstein bound for ∑(i,j)∈ΩTij\sum_{(i,j)\in\Omega}T_{ij}∑(i,j)∈Ω​Tij​.
  • Theorem 2: the entrywise bound ∥M^−e(θ∗)M∗∥max⁡≤Cδ′\|\hat M-e(\theta^*)M^*\|_{\max}\le C\delta'∥M^−e(θ∗)M∗∥max​≤Cδ′ with δ′=κ4μrLlog⁡m/(pOm)\delta'=\kappa^4\mu rL\sqrt{\log m/(p_Om)}δ′=κ4μrLlogm/(pO​m)​.
  • Lemmas 15 and 16: the model moments and the objective h(θ∗)h(\theta^*)h(θ∗).
  • Lemma 2: ∥F(θ^)−F(θ∗)∥≲(K+L)δ′\|F(\hat\theta)-F(\theta^*)\|\lesssim(K+L)\delta'∥F(θ^)−F(θ∗)∥≲(K+L)δ′.
  • Lemma 17: a quantitative inverse-function bound.
  • Lemma 1: ∥θ^−θ∗∥≲(K+L)δ′\|\hat\theta-\theta^*\|\lesssim(K+L)\delta'∥θ^−θ∗∥≲(K+L)δ′.
  • Lemmas 18 and 19: plug-in likelihoods and the ratio perturbation bound.
  • Lemma 3: ∣fij∗−f^ij∣≤min⁡(Cδ/(xij∗+yij∗),1)|f^*_{ij}-\hat f_{ij}|\le\min(C\delta/(x^*_{ij}+y^*_{ij}),1)∣fij∗​−f^​ij​∣≤min(Cδ/(xij∗​+yij∗​),1).
  • Step 4 of the proof sketch: the excess cost is at most 1∣Ω∣∑Ω∣aij−bij∣\frac1{|\Omega|}\sum_\Omega|a_{ij}-b_{ij}|∣Ω∣1​∑Ω​∣aij​−bij​∣.

Significance

Theorem 1 says that the value of cross-sectional data grows with the number of stores and SKUs. A retailer that can only see one snapshot does nearly as well as one that knows the demand matrix and the anomaly law exactly. With Proposition 1, the rate is optimal up to the logarithmic factor. Theorem 2 is, per the authors, the first entrywise guarantee for matrix completion under Poisson (more generally sub-exponential) noise, and it is reusable outside inventory problems.

The results are proved on paper: Theorem 1 by a proof sketch in §5.1 plus Appendix B, and Theorem 2 in Appendix A, which builds on a cited entrywise eigenvector perturbation theorem of Abbe et al. None of this is formalized. A machine-checked proof would also settle the constants and conventions that the paper leaves implicit. These include the dimension restriction in Lemma 17, the unspecified constant in Lemma 3, the form of the sparsity assumption used in the proof of Theorem 2, and the closed range of pAp_ApA​ in Θ\ThetaΘ.

Difficulty

The obvious argument plugs consistent estimates of M∗M^*M∗ and θ∗\theta^*θ∗ into the Bayes rule. It breaks at the first step: a Frobenius-norm bound for M^\hat MM^, which is what standard matrix completion gives, does not control any single f^ij\hat f_{ij}f^​ij​. An entrywise bound is needed, under heavy-tailed (sub-exponential, not sub-Gaussian) noise, and with the anomalies corrupting the mean by the unknown factor e(θ∗)e(\theta^*)e(θ∗). The second step inverts the moment map FFF. Closeness of moments yields closeness of parameters only through a quantitative inverse-function argument, which needs the regularity conditions of Lemma 1. A third subtlety is that fij∗f^*_{ij}fij∗​ is a ratio whose denominator xij∗+yij∗x^*_{ij}+y^*_{ij}xij∗​+yij∗​ can be tiny. The error bound of Lemma 3 therefore degrades on rare sales values, and Theorem 1 averages this over the law of XXX.

Formalization scope

One definitions module, InventoryAnomaly.EW.Model, holds the instance, the product sampling law over {\{{observed}×{\}\times\{}×{anomalous}×N\}\times\mathbb N}×N per entry, the estimators, the costs and four predicates:

  • Model: §2's assumptions;
  • SparsityMax: the sparsity condition as read in the proof of Theorem 2, p. 41;
  • Regular: Lemma 1's conditions;
  • CostBound: costs in [0,cmax⁡][0,c_{\max}][0,cmax​].

The sub-exponential norm is the published HighDimProb.Concentration.subexponentialNorm.

Conventions:

  • Parameters. θ=(α,pA)∈Rd+1\theta=(\alpha,p_A)\in\mathbb R^{d+1}θ=(α,pA​)∈Rd+1, and T=d+1T=d+1T=d+1 moments are matched.
  • Parameter set. Θ=Γ×[0,1−cA]\Theta=\Gamma\times[0,1-c_A]Θ=Γ×[0,1−cA​].
  • Clamped means. Laws are evaluated at the mean max⁡(M,0)\max(M,0)max(M,0).
  • Cost. The cost is the closed form (5) with f∗f^*f∗ by Bayes' rule (8). c(0)c^{(0)}c(0) is the false-positive cost (the display on p. 12 swaps the labels).
  • Estimators. SVDr\mathrm{SVD}_rSVDr​ is any exact best rank-rrr approximation. θ^\hat\thetaθ^ is any point of Θ\ThetaΘ with h(θ^)≤h(θ∗)h(\hat\theta)\le h(\theta^*)h(θ^)≤h(θ∗), which every minimiser of (7) satisfies.
  • Constants. "O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅)" and "with probability 1−O(1/nm)1-O(1/nm)1−O(1/nm)" are existential constants. They come after d,cM,cA,CRCd,c_M,c_A,C_{RC}d,cM​,cA​,CRC​ and before the instance.
  • Added conditions. 2≤m≤n2\le m\le n2≤m≤n, 1≤r≤m1\le r\le m1≤r≤m, finite anomaly means, and nonnegative costs. Lemma 17 is stated for square Jacobians. Lemma 3 has a constant CCC in place of 2. Lemma 19's δ/(x^+y^)\delta/(\hat x+\hat y)δ/(x^+y^​) clause is stated when x^+y^>0\hat x+\hat y>0x^+y^​>0. Each item's Formalization Note lists these.

The algorithm's selections are universally quantified together with their defining properties. Neither may be replaced by unconstrained functions. The cost of π∗\pi^*π∗ must use f∗f^*f∗, not f^\hat ff^​. The goal must keep the explicit rate log⁡1.5(m)/m\log^{1.5}(m)/\sqrt mlog1.5(m)/m​ and the full probability model, without assuming Theorem 2's event.

Not formalized: Proposition 1 (the lower bound), Appendix E (the TPR/FPR-constrained variant), the cited Lemmas 6–7, and the internal Lemmas 9–13 and Propositions 2–3 of Appendix A.

Useful infrastructure includes entrywise singular-subspace perturbation bounds, Bernstein's inequality for bounded independent sums, and Orlicz-norm bounds for Poisson variables. All three are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome, especially Lemmas 8, 14, 17 and 19 and Step 4, which are self-contained.

Selected references

  • V. F. Farias, A. A. Li, T. Peng, Fixing Inventory Inaccuracies at Scale, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management, 2024; arXiv:2006.13126v3 (2022). https://arxiv.org/abs/2006.13126
  • E. Abbe, J. Fan, K. Wang, Y. Zhong, Entrywise Eigenvector Analysis of Random Matrices with Low Expected Rank, Annals of Statistics 48(3), 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1709.09565
  • A. D. McRae, M. A. Davenport, Low-rank matrix completion and denoising under Poisson noise, Information and Inference 10(2), 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1907.05325
  • R. Vershynin, High-Dimensional Probability, Cambridge University Press, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108231596
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Calculus of VariationsOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Game on Random Environment, Mean-Field Langevin System, and Neural Networks: First-Order Condition for Entropy-Regularized Minimization over Probability Measures with a Fixed MarginalResearch Paper

Motivation

Several problems in machine learning and game theory are optimization problems over probability measures. Training a wide two-layer neural network can be viewed as minimizing a functional F(ν)F(\nu)F(ν) of the distribution ν\nuν of the network's parameters (Mei, Montanari, Nguyen, PNAS 2018; Hu, Ren, Šiška, Szpruch, arXiv:1905.07769). Adding a relative-entropy penalty ηH(ν)\eta H(\nu)ηH(ν) makes the problem strictly convex in the density and connects its minimizers to the invariant measures of Langevin-type diffusions, the mean-field Langevin dynamics. The first-order condition for the unconstrained problem is Hu et al., Proposition 2.4.

Conforti, Kazeykina and Ren (arXiv:2004.02457v2) add a random environment: a variable yyy with a fixed law m\mathsf mm that every player observes, such as the time index in a dynamic game or a shared signal. The strategies are then probability measures on Rd×Y\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb YRd×Y whose Y\mathbb YY-marginal is prescribed. Their Theorem 3.1 extends the first-order condition to this constrained problem. The introduction names it "one of our main contributions": it gives the necessary condition for Nash equilibria of games on a random environment (Corollary 3.3), and it identifies the invariant measure of the mean-field Langevin system studied in the rest of the paper.

Setting

Let Y\mathbb YY be a Polish space with a probability measure m\mathsf mm, and let p≥1p\ge1p≥1. Write Rˉd=Rd×Y\bar{\mathbb R}^d=\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb YRˉd=Rd×Y and xˉ=(x,y)\bar x=(x,y)xˉ=(x,y). The strategy set is

Π={πˉ∈Pp(Rˉd): πˉ(Rd,⋅)=m},\Pi=\{\bar\pi\in\mathcal P_p(\bar{\mathbb R}^d):\ \bar\pi(\mathbb R^d,\cdot)=\mathsf m\},Π={πˉ∈Pp​(Rˉd): πˉ(Rd,⋅)=m},

the probability measures on Rˉd\bar{\mathbb R}^dRˉd with finite ppp-th moment and Y\mathbb YY-marginal m\mathsf mm. By disintegration, πˉ(dxˉ)=π(dx∣y) m(dy)\bar\pi(d\bar x)=\pi(dx|y)\,\mathsf m(dy)πˉ(dxˉ)=π(dx∣y)m(dy).

A function F:Π→RF:\Pi\to\mathbb RF:Π→R has a linear functional derivative δFδπˉ:Π×Rˉd→R\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}:\Pi\times\bar{\mathbb R}^d\to\mathbb RδπˉδF​:Π×Rˉd→R if for all ν,ν′∈Π\nu,\nu'\in\Piν,ν′∈Π

F(ν′)−F(ν)=∫01∫RˉdδFδπˉ((1−λ)ν+λν′,xˉ) (ν′−ν)(dxˉ) dλ.(2.1)F(\nu')-F(\nu)=\int_0^1\int_{\bar{\mathbb R}^d}\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}\big((1-\lambda)\nu+\lambda\nu',\bar x\big)\,(\nu'-\nu)(d\bar x)\,d\lambda. \tag{2.1}F(ν′)−F(ν)=∫01​∫Rˉd​δπˉδF​((1−λ)ν+λν′,xˉ)(ν′−ν)(dxˉ)dλ.(2.1)

Assumption 2.1 asks that FFF have such a derivative, that FFF and δFδπˉ(⋅,xˉ)\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\cdot,\bar x)δπˉδF​(⋅,xˉ) be continuous for the ppp-Wasserstein distance Wp\mathcal W_pWp​, that δFδπˉ(πˉ,⋅,y)\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi,\cdot,y)δπˉδF​(πˉ,⋅,y) be continuously differentiable in xxx, and that sup⁡πˉ∈Π∣δFδπˉ(πˉ,xˉ)∣≤C(1+∣xˉ∣p)\sup_{\bar\pi\in\Pi}|\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi,\bar x)|\le C(1+|\bar x|^p)supπˉ∈Π​∣δπˉδF​(πˉ,xˉ)∣≤C(1+∣xˉ∣p).

The regularizer is the relative entropy with respect to Leb×m\mathrm{Leb}\times\mathsf mLeb×m: if πˉ\bar\piπˉ has density π(x∣y)\pi(x|y)π(x∣y) with respect to Leb×m\mathrm{Leb}\times\mathsf mLeb×m, then H(πˉ)=∫ln⁡π(x∣y) πˉ(dxˉ)H(\bar\pi)=\int\ln\pi(x|y)\,\bar\pi(d\bar x)H(πˉ)=∫lnπ(x∣y)πˉ(dxˉ), and H(πˉ)=+∞H(\bar\pi)=+\inftyH(πˉ)=+∞ otherwise. For η>0\eta>0η>0 the objective is

V(πˉ)=F(πˉ)+ηH(πˉ).V(\bar\pi)=F(\bar\pi)+\eta H(\bar\pi).V(πˉ)=F(πˉ)+ηH(πˉ).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 4)

If πˉ∗∈argmin⁡πˉ∈ΠV(πˉ)\bar\pi^*\in\operatorname{argmin}_{\bar\pi\in\Pi}V(\bar\pi)πˉ∗∈argminπˉ∈Π​V(πˉ), then πˉ∗\bar\pi^*πˉ∗ has a density π∗(x∣y)\pi^*(x|y)π∗(x∣y) which, for m\mathsf mm-a.e. yyy, is positive with ln⁡π∗(⋅∣y)\ln\pi^*(\cdot|y)lnπ∗(⋅∣y) differentiable and

∇xδFδπˉ(πˉ∗,x,y)+η∇xln⁡π∗(x∣y)=0for all x∈Rd.(3.1)\nabla_x\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi^*,x,y)+\eta\nabla_x\ln\pi^*(x|y)=0\qquad\text{for all }x\in\mathbb R^d. \tag{3.1}∇x​δπˉδF​(πˉ∗,x,y)+η∇x​lnπ∗(x∣y)=0for all x∈Rd.(3.1)

Conversely, if FFF is also convex on Π\PiΠ, every πˉ∗∈Π\bar\pi^*\in\Piπˉ∗∈Π satisfying (3.1) minimizes VVV over Π\PiΠ. The goal states both directions, as printed.

Milestones (proof of Theorem 3.1, §5.1, pp. 9–11)

  1. Step 1 (p. 9): for πˉ,πˉ∗∈Π\bar\pi,\bar\pi^*\in\Piπˉ,πˉ∗∈Π and πˉλ=λπˉ+(1−λ)πˉ∗\bar\pi^\lambda=\lambda\bar\pi+(1-\lambda)\bar\pi^*πˉλ=λπˉ+(1−λ)πˉ∗, 1ε∫0ε∫δFδπˉ(πˉλ,⋅) d(πˉ−πˉ∗) dλ→∫δFδπˉ(πˉ∗,⋅) d(πˉ−πˉ∗)\frac1\varepsilon\int_0^\varepsilon\int\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi^\lambda,\cdot)\,d(\bar\pi-\bar\pi^*)\,d\lambda\to\int\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi^*,\cdot)\,d(\bar\pi-\bar\pi^*)ε1​∫0ε​∫δπˉδF​(πˉλ,⋅)d(πˉ−πˉ∗)dλ→∫δπˉδF​(πˉ∗,⋅)d(πˉ−πˉ∗).
  2. (5.1) (p. 10): for a minimizer πˉ∗\bar\pi^*πˉ∗ and πˉ∈Π\bar\pi\in\Piπˉ∈Π with H(πˉ)<∞H(\bar\pi)<\inftyH(πˉ)<∞, 0≤∫(δFδπˉ(πˉ∗,⋅)+ηln⁡π∗) d(πˉ−πˉ∗)0\le\int\big(\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi^*,\cdot)+\eta\ln\pi^*\big)\,d(\bar\pi-\bar\pi^*)0≤∫(δπˉδF​(πˉ∗,⋅)+ηlnπ∗)d(πˉ−πˉ∗).
  3. (5.2) (p. 10): for a minimizer, Ξy=δFδπˉ(πˉ∗,⋅,y)+ηln⁡π∗(⋅∣y)\Xi_y=\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi^*,\cdot,y)+\eta\ln\pi^*(\cdot|y)Ξy​=δπˉδF​(πˉ∗,⋅,y)+ηlnπ∗(⋅∣y) is π∗(⋅∣y)\pi^*(\cdot|y)π∗(⋅∣y)-a.s. constant for m\mathsf mm-a.e. yyy.
  4. Step 3 (p. 11): a minimizer is equivalent to Leb×m\mathrm{Leb}\times\mathsf mLeb×m.
  5. Sufficiency, FFF-part (p. 11): for convex FFF, F(πˉ)−F(πˉ∗)≥∫δFδπˉ(πˉ∗,⋅) d(πˉ−πˉ∗)F(\bar\pi)-F(\bar\pi^*)\ge\int\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi^*,\cdot)\,d(\bar\pi-\bar\pi^*)F(πˉ)−F(πˉ∗)≥∫δπˉδF​(πˉ∗,⋅)d(πˉ−πˉ∗).
  6. Sufficiency, entropy part (p. 11): under (3.1), H(πˉ)−H(πˉ∗)≥∫ln⁡π∗ d(πˉ−πˉ∗)H(\bar\pi)-H(\bar\pi^*)\ge\int\ln\pi^*\,d(\bar\pi-\bar\pi^*)H(πˉ)−H(πˉ∗)≥∫lnπ∗d(πˉ−πˉ∗).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 says that each fibre of an entropy-regularized minimizer is a Gibbs measure, π∗(x∣y)∝exp⁡(−1ηδFδπˉ(πˉ∗,x,y))\pi^*(x|y)\propto\exp\big(-\frac1\eta\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}(\bar\pi^*,x,y)\big)π∗(x∣y)∝exp(−η1​δπˉδF​(πˉ∗,x,y)). In the paper this yields the Nash-equilibrium condition (3.2) for nnn-player games on a random environment, the uniqueness of equilibria under a monotonicity condition (Corollary 3.4), and the identification of the stationary measures of the mean-field Langevin system (2.2) with these equilibria, the basis of the convergence results (Theorems 3.8–3.12). For a one-player problem it is the optimality condition behind gradient-descent training of mean-field neural networks with an environment variable.

The result is proved in the paper; it is not formalized anywhere known. The mission produces the first machine-checked first-order condition for optimization over probability measures, with or without a marginal constraint, and the supporting objects: the strategy set Π\PiΠ, the linear functional derivative, and relative entropy with respect to the infinite reference measure Leb×m\mathrm{Leb}\times\mathsf mLeb×m. The unconstrained case (Y\mathbb YY a point) is a special case.

Difficulty

The sufficiency direction is two convexity inequalities and a cancellation of the yyy-dependent constants, which uses the common marginal m\mathsf mm. The necessity direction is harder. The first variation of VVV at πˉ∗\bar\pi^*πˉ∗ gives only an inequality (5.1) in the directions πˉ−πˉ∗\bar\pi-\bar\pi^*πˉ−πˉ∗ with H(πˉ)<∞H(\bar\pi)<\inftyH(πˉ)<∞, and the entropy's difference quotient is not dominated where π∗\pi^*π∗ is small, so the limit requires a one-sided Fatou argument. The inequality (5.1) is not yet a pointwise equation. Converting it into "Ξy\Xi_yΞy​ is constant" needs admissible competitors with bounded density relative to πˉ∗\bar\pi^*πˉ∗, built fibre by fibre in yyy, and these only reach the support of πˉ∗\bar\pi^*πˉ∗. Ruling out zeros of π∗\pi^*π∗ (Step 3) needs a separate competitor that charges a set where π∗\pi^*π∗ vanishes. Finally (3.1) concerns a smooth version of the density, which has to be produced from an almost-everywhere identity. The obvious idea of differentiating VVV along πˉ∗+εφ\bar\pi^*+\varepsilon\varphiπˉ∗+εφ for a signed perturbation φ\varphiφ fails: such perturbations leave Π\PiΠ unless they preserve positivity and the Y\mathbb YY-marginal.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with Lebesgue measure; Y\mathbb YY is a complete separable metric space with its Borel σ\sigmaσ-algebra (a Polish space with a fixed compatible metric, needed to state moments and Wp\mathcal W_pWp​); Rˉd\bar{\mathbb R}^dRˉd carries the max product metric, and ∣xˉ∣|\bar x|∣xˉ∣ in the growth bound is the distance to a base point (0,y0)(0,y_0)(0,y0​), with CCC and y0y_0y0​ fixed once for all πˉ∈Π\bar\pi\in\Piπˉ∈Π. Wp\mathcal W_pWp​ is the coupling infimum over this metric, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and continuity is the ε\varepsilonε–δ\deltaδ notion on Π\PiΠ. FFF and δFδπˉ\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}δπˉδF​ are functions on all measures of which only the values on Π\PiΠ matter; δFδπˉ\frac{\delta F}{\delta\bar\pi}δπˉδF​ is part of the data and the theorem holds for every derivative satisfying (2.1). The definition of the derivative makes explicit what (2.1) presupposes: joint measurability in xˉ\bar xxˉ and integrability in λ\lambdaλ. Mixtures are (1−t)ν+tν′(1-t)\nu+t\nu'(1−t)ν+tν′ for t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1], and convexity of FFF is along these mixtures. HHH and VVV take values in (−∞,+∞](-\infty,+\infty](−∞,+∞], with H=+∞H=+\inftyH=+∞ off absolute continuity. (3.1) is required of some measurable version of the density, for m\mathsf mm-a.e. yyy and every xxx, together with positivity and differentiability of ln⁡π∗(⋅∣y)\ln\pi^*(\cdot|y)lnπ∗(⋅∣y).

The Lean logarithm satisfies ln⁡0=0\ln 0=0ln0=0, a non-integrable Bochner integral is 000, and the gradient of a non-differentiable function is 000. These would trivialize the statements, so (3.1) demands differentiability, and the milestones that integrate ln⁡π∗\ln\pi^*lnπ∗ assert integrability and that πˉ\bar\piπˉ does not charge {π∗=0}\{\pi^*=0\}{π∗=0}, which is what the paper's convention ln⁡0=−∞\ln0=-\inftyln0=−∞ encodes.

A complete development needs: mixtures and moments of measures in Π\PiΠ; Wp\mathcal W_pWp​-convergence of mixtures; dominated convergence along mixtures; the entropy of a mixture and its one-sided derivative; disintegration with respect to the Y\mathbb YY-marginal; and the passage from an a.e. identity to a smooth version of the density. The mixture, moment and entropy lemmas are reusable for any mean-field optimization problem. Contributions of any of these intermediate results, and of proofs of the milestones in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Conforti, A. Kazeykina, Z. Ren, Game on random environment, mean-field Langevin system and neural networks, arXiv:2004.02457v2, 2020; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2023. https://arxiv.org/abs/2004.02457v2
  • K. Hu, Z. Ren, D. Šiška, L. Szpruch, Mean-field Langevin dynamics and energy landscape of neural networks, arXiv:1905.07769, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.07769
  • S. Mei, A. Montanari, P.-M. Nguyen, A mean field view of the landscape of two-layer neural networks, PNAS 115 (2018), E7665–E7671. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1806579115
  • P. Cardaliaguet, F. Delarue, J.-M. Lasry, P.-L. Lions, The master equation and the convergence problem in mean field games, arXiv:1509.02505, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1509.02505
  • R. Jordan, D. Kinderlehrer, F. Otto, The variational formulation of the Fokker–Planck equation, SIAM J. Math. Anal. 29 (1998), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0036141096303359
8 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Neural Temporal-Difference and Q-Learning Provably Converge to Global Optima: Neural TD with Stochastic Semigradients Converges to the Global Optimum of the MSPBE at Rate 1/√TResearch Paper

Why neural temporal-difference learning needs a convergence theory

Temporal-difference (TD) learning estimates the value of a policy in a Markov decision process from sampled transitions, by repeatedly moving a parametrized value function towards a one-step bootstrapped target (Sutton, 1988). With a linear parametrization its behaviour is well understood: TD converges to the fixed point of the projected Bellman equation (Tsitsiklis and Van Roy, 1997), with finite-sample rates for projected and stochastic variants (Bhandari, Russo and Singal, 2018). With a nonlinear parametrization the same update can diverge: Tsitsiklis and Van Roy (1997) give an example, and the TD direction is not the gradient of any objective. Deep reinforcement learning nonetheless runs TD with neural networks as a matter of course.

Cai, Yang, Lee and Wang (arXiv:1905.10027v2, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) prove that TD with an overparametrized two-layer ReLU network, projected onto a ball around its random initialization, converges at rate T−1/2T^{-1/2}T−1/2 to the global optimum of the mean-squared projected Bellman error (MSPBE) over a function class that becomes richer as the width grows. This mission formalizes that theorem for the stochastic-semigradient algorithm (Theorem 4.6 of the paper).

Setting

Transitions are tuples (x,r,x′)(x, r, x')(x,r,x′) drawn i.i.d. from a sampling law μ\muμ: x,x′∈Rdx, x' \in \mathbb R^dx,x′∈Rd are feature vectors of the current and next state–action pair, with ∥x∥2=∥x′∥2=1\|x\|_2 = \|x'\|_2 = 1∥x∥2​=∥x′∥2​=1, the reward satisfies ∣r∣≤rˉ|r| \le \bar r∣r∣≤rˉ, and xxx and x′x'x′ have the same distribution (they are drawn from the stationary distribution of the policy). The discount factor is 0≤γ<10 \le \gamma < 10≤γ<1 and d≥3d \ge 3d≥3.

The value function is the two-layer network

Q^(x;W)=1m∑r=1mbr σ(Wr⊤x),σ(y)=max⁡{0,y},\widehat Q(x; W) = \frac{1}{\sqrt m}\sum_{r=1}^m b_r\,\sigma(W_r^\top x), \qquad \sigma(y) = \max\{0, y\},Q​(x;W)=m​1​r=1∑m​br​σ(Wr⊤​x),σ(y)=max{0,y},

of width mmm, with hidden weights W=(W1,…,Wm)∈RmdW = (W_1, \dots, W_m) \in \mathbb R^{md}W=(W1​,…,Wm​)∈Rmd and output weights b∈Rmb \in \mathbb R^mb∈Rm. At initialization br∼Unif{−1,1}b_r \sim \mathrm{Unif}\{-1, 1\}br​∼Unif{−1,1} and Wr(0)∼N(0,Id/d)W_r(0) \sim N(0, I_d/d)Wr​(0)∼N(0,Id​/d), all independent; only WWW is trained. The training set is the ball SB={W:∥W−W(0)∥2≤B}S_B = \{W : \|W - W(0)\|_2 \le B\}SB​={W:∥W−W(0)∥2​≤B}.

Algorithm 1 (neural TD) samples a tuple at each step t=0,…,T−2t = 0, \dots, T-2t=0,…,T−2, forms the Bellman residual δ=Q^(x;W(t))−r−γQ^(x′;W(t))\delta = \widehat Q(x; W(t)) - r - \gamma \widehat Q(x'; W(t))δ=Q​(x;W(t))−r−γQ​(x′;W(t)), takes the semigradient step W(t)−η δ ∇WQ^(x;W(t))W(t) - \eta\,\delta\,\nabla_W \widehat Q(x; W(t))W(t)−ηδ∇W​Q​(x;W(t)), projects it onto SBS_BSB​, and outputs Q^out=Q^(⋅ ;W‾)\widehat Q_{\mathrm{out}} = \widehat Q(\cdot\,; \overline W)Q​out​=Q​(⋅;W) with W‾=1T∑t=0T−1W(t)\overline W = \frac1T \sum_{t=0}^{T-1} W(t)W=T1​∑t=0T−1​W(t).

The linearization of the network at initialization is

Q^0(x;W)=1m∑r=1mbr 1{Wr(0)⊤x>0} Wr⊤x,\widehat Q_0(x; W) = \frac{1}{\sqrt m}\sum_{r=1}^m b_r\,\mathbb 1\{W_r(0)^\top x > 0\}\, W_r^\top x,Q​0​(x;W)=m​1​r=1∑m​br​1{Wr​(0)⊤x>0}Wr⊤​x,

a linear function of WWW with random features. Writing δ0\delta_0δ0​ for the Bellman residual of Q^0\widehat Q_0Q​0​, an approximate stationary point is a W∗∈SBW^* \in S_BW∗∈SB​ with

Eμ[δ0(x,r,x′;W∗) ∇WQ^0(x;W∗)]⊤(W−W∗)≥0for all W∈SB.\mathbb E_\mu\big[\delta_0(x, r, x'; W^*)\,\nabla_W \widehat Q_0(x; W^*)\big]^\top (W - W^*) \ge 0 \quad \text{for all } W \in S_B .Eμ​[δ0​(x,r,x′;W∗)∇W​Q​0​(x;W∗)]⊤(W−W∗)≥0for all W∈SB​.

The function Q^0(⋅ ;W∗)\widehat Q_0(\cdot\,; W^*)Q​0​(⋅;W∗) solves the projected Bellman equation over the class FB,m={Q^0(⋅ ;W):W∈SB}\mathcal F_{B,m} = \{\widehat Q_0(\cdot\,; W) : W \in S_B\}FB,m​={Q​0​(⋅;W):W∈SB​}. The regularity condition (Assumption 4.3) asks for c0>0c_0 > 0c0​>0 with μ(∣w⊤x∣≤τ)≤c0τ\mu(|w^\top x| \le \tau) \le c_0 \tauμ(∣w⊤x∣≤τ)≤c0​τ for every unit vector www and every τ≥0\tau \ge 0τ≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.6

With η=min⁡{(1−γ)/8, 1/T}\eta = \min\{(1-\gamma)/8,\ 1/\sqrt T\}η=min{(1−γ)/8, 1/T​} and under Assumption 4.3, there is a constant C=C(c0,d,rˉ,γ)C = C(c_0, d, \bar r, \gamma)C=C(c0​,d,rˉ,γ) such that for all m≥1m \ge 1m≥1, B≥1B \ge 1B≥1, T≥1T \ge 1T≥1 and every approximate stationary point W∗W^*W∗,

Einit,μ[(Q^out(x)−Q^0(x;W∗))2]≤16 (B2+σg2)(1−γ)2T+C(B3m−1/2+B5/2m−1/4),\mathbb E_{\mathrm{init},\mu}\Big[\big(\widehat Q_{\mathrm{out}}(x) - \widehat Q_0(x; W^*)\big)^2\Big] \le \frac{16\,(B^2 + \sigma_g^2)}{(1-\gamma)^2\sqrt T} + C\big(B^3 m^{-1/2} + B^{5/2} m^{-1/4}\big),Einit,μ​[(Q​out​(x)−Q​0​(x;W∗))2]≤(1−γ)2T​16(B2+σg2​)​+C(B3m−1/2+B5/2m−1/4),

where σg2=12+12B2+3rˉ2\sigma_g^2 = 12 + 12B^2 + 3\bar r^2σg2​=12+12B2+3rˉ2 and the expectation is over the initialization, the samples of the run and a fresh x∼μx \sim \mux∼μ.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 4.2: approximate stationary points exist for every initialization; Q^0(⋅ ;W∗)\widehat Q_0(\cdot\,; W^*)Q​0​(⋅;W∗) is unique μ\muμ-a.e. and is the MSPBE optimum over FB,m\mathcal F_{B,m}FB,m​.
  2. Lemmas H.1, H.2: the expected fraction of hidden units whose activation can flip inside SBS_BSB​ is O(Bm−1/2)O(B m^{-1/2})O(Bm−1/2), alone and weighted by Eμ[Q^(x;W(0))2]\mathbb E_\mu[\widehat Q(x; W(0))^2]Eμ​[Q​(x;W(0))2].
  3. Lemmas 5.1, 5.2: the network and its population semigradient stay within O(B3m−1/2)O(B^3 m^{-1/2})O(B3m−1/2) (in mean square) of their linearizations, for every random parameter in SBS_BSB​.
  4. Lemma 4.5: the stochastic semigradient has variance at most σg2\sigma_g^2σg2​.
  5. (C.16): the linearized population semigradient is monotone with modulus 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ in the μ\muμ-norm.
  6. Lemma 5.4: the stochastic descent inequality for E∥W(t)−W∗∥22\mathbb E\|W(t) - W^*\|_2^2E∥W(t)−W∗∥22​.

Significance

The theorem gives a non-asymptotic guarantee for TD with a nonlinear function class, a setting in which the algorithm can diverge without further structure. The limit object Q^0(⋅ ;W∗)\widehat Q_0(\cdot\,; W^*)Q​0​(⋅;W∗) is a projected Bellman fixed point over a class that, as m→∞m \to \inftym→∞, approaches a ball in the reproducing kernel Hilbert space of the neural tangent kernel; the paper uses this to bound the distance to the true value function QπQ^\piQπ (Proposition 4.7) and to analyze neural Q-learning and policy gradient methods (Section 6). The argument is an instance of the "lazy training" or neural-tangent-kernel regime, in which an overparametrized network trained from a random initialization stays close to its linearization.

The result is proved in the paper and, to our knowledge, has no machine-checked proof. A formalization would also produce reusable components: Gaussian anti-concentration of random ReLU activation patterns (Lemmas H.1–H.2), the linearization error of wide two-layer networks (Lemma 5.1), and a projected stochastic-approximation template with averaged iterates. The appendix proofs are short and pass over several measure-theoretic steps (conditioning on the current iterate, independence of the samples from the initialization, Jensen for the averaged iterate), which a formal proof has to supply.

Difficulty

The TD update is not a gradient, so the convergence proof cannot be a descent argument on an objective. The paper's route is to compare the update with that of the linear TD problem defined by Q^0\widehat Q_0Q​0​, whose population semigradient is monotone, and to control the difference by overparametrization. The obvious first approach, linearizing the network in a deterministic neighbourhood of W(0)W(0)W(0), fails: the ReLU activation pattern 1{Wr⊤x>0}\mathbb 1\{W_r^\top x > 0\}1{Wr⊤​x>0} can change for some units whatever mmm is. The comparison holds only in expectation over the random initialization and a fresh input, through Assumption 4.3 and the finiteness of E ∥w∥2−2\mathbb E\,\|w\|_2^{-2}E∥w∥2−2​ for w∼N(0,Id/d)w \sim N(0, I_d/d)w∼N(0,Id​/d), which is where d≥3d \ge 3d≥3 enters. The iterates and W∗W^*W∗ depend on the initialization, so these bounds are needed for random parameters that are correlated with W(0)W(0)W(0) but independent of the evaluation point.

Formalization scope

Lean represents points as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) and parameters as PiLp 2 over Fin m, so all norms on Rmd\mathbb R^{md}Rmd are ℓ2\ell_2ℓ2​. The MDP, the policy and the feature map are not modelled; the statements see only the sampling law μ\muμ on tuples (x,r,x′)(x, r, x')(x,r,x′) with the properties listed above. The run's samples form an N\mathbb NN-indexed i.i.d. sequence (product measure) independent of the initialization, and the evaluation tuple is a fresh draw. Expectations of nonnegative quantities are lower Lebesgue integrals, so non-integrability cannot make a bound hold vacuously. The ReLU semigradient uses the strict convention 1{Wr⊤x>0}\mathbb 1\{W_r^\top x > 0\}1{Wr⊤​x>0} and keeps the factor m−1/2m^{-1/2}m−1/2 of (3.2).

Conventions and readings fixed by the formalization, all disclosed in the item statements:

  • the paper's "σg2=O(B2)\sigma_g^2 = O(B^2)σg2​=O(B2)" is pinned to the value 12+12B2+3rˉ212 + 12B^2 + 3\bar r^212+12B2+3rˉ2 produced by its proof;
  • the paper's O(B3m−1/2+B5/2m−1/4)O(B^3 m^{-1/2} + B^{5/2} m^{-1/4})O(B3m−1/2+B5/2m−1/4) is a constant CCC depending only on (c0,d,rˉ,γ)(c_0, d, \bar r, \gamma)(c0​,d,rˉ,γ) and chosen before mmm, BBB, TTT, μ\muμ and W∗W^*W∗, with B≥1B \ge 1B≥1 so that lower powers of BBB are absorbed;
  • approximate stationary points are required to lie in SBS_BSB​, as the proof uses;
  • Lemmas 5.1 and 5.2 are posed for every random parameter in SBS_BSB​ (the paper's proofs need nothing else and apply them to W‾\overline WW);
  • Lemma 5.4 carries the coefficient 4ηB4\eta B4ηB, which is what its proof establishes (∥W(t)−W∗∥2≤2B\|W(t) - W^*\|_2 \le 2B∥W(t)−W∗∥2​≤2B), in place of the printed 2ηB2\eta B2ηB.

A formalization in which the comparison point W∗W^*W∗ may lie outside SBS_BSB​, the expectation is a Bochner integral of a possibly non-integrable function, or the constant CCC may depend on mmm, TTT or μ\muμ, would not express the theorem and is excluded. Approximate stationary points are compared through Q^0(⋅ ;W∗)\widehat Q_0(\cdot\,; W^*)Q​0​(⋅;W∗), never through Q^(⋅ ;W∗)\widehat Q(\cdot\,; W^*)Q​(⋅;W∗).

A complete development needs Gaussian measures on Rd\mathbb R^dRd with the integrability of ∥w∥2−2\|w\|_2^{-2}∥w∥2−2​ for d≥3d \ge 3d≥3, product and infinite-product probability measures with conditioning on the past of a sequence, existence of solutions to variational inequalities on compact convex sets, and nonexpansiveness of Euclidean projection onto a ball. Proofs of individual milestones are welcome independently; Lemmas H.1, 5.1 and (C.16) are self-contained.

Selected references

  • Q. Cai, Z. Yang, J. D. Lee, Z. Wang, Neural temporal-difference and Q-learning provably converge to global optima, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024; arXiv:1905.10027v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.10027
  • R. S. Sutton, Learning to predict by the methods of temporal differences, Machine Learning 3, 1988. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00115009
  • J. N. Tsitsiklis, B. Van Roy, An analysis of temporal-difference learning with function approximation, IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control 42(5), 1997. https://doi.org/10.1109/9.580874
  • J. Bhandari, D. Russo, R. Singal, A finite time analysis of temporal difference learning with linear function approximation, COLT 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1806.02450
  • A. Jacot, F. Gabriel, C. Hongler, Neural tangent kernel: convergence and generalization in neural networks, NeurIPS 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1806.07572
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Mathematical PhysicsRepresentation Theory·Captain: mikedeng1

Informing Geometric Deep Learning with Electronic Interactions to Accelerate Quantum Chemistry: The UNiTE Network Is Equivariant Under Local Unitary Changes of BasisResearch Paper

Motivation

Machine-learned models of molecular energies and properties are trained on the output of quantum-chemistry calculations, and a common way to make them data-efficient is to build the physical symmetries of the problem into the architecture. When the input is not a point cloud but a set of matrices expressed in an atomic-orbital basis (Fock, density, overlap and Hamiltonian matrices from a cheap mean-field calculation), the relevant symmetry is the freedom to rotate the orbital basis of each atom independently: a rotation of the molecule, or any other unitary change of the local frames, changes every matrix element but not the physics.

Qiao, Christensen, Welborn, Manby, Anandkumar and Miller (arXiv:2105.14655v4, published in PNAS 2022) introduce UNiTE (Unitary N-body Tensor Equivariant network), the architecture behind OrbNet-Equi. They state as eq. (4), p. 3, that the network must satisfy R⋅F(T[Ψ0])≡F(R⋅T[Ψ0])R\cdot F(T[\Psi_0])\equiv F(R\cdot T[\Psi_0])R⋅F(T[Ψ0​])≡F(R⋅T[Ψ0​]) for every isometric basis rotation RRR, and prove this property in Appendix S2.6 (pp. 26–28) for a generalized version of the network: tensors of any order NNN, complex scalars, and an arbitrary unitary change of basis on each atom. The empirical results of the paper (QM9, MD17, GMTKN55) rest on this design principle, but the mathematical content of the paper is the equivariance proof.

Setting

There are ddd atoms uuu. Atom uuu carries a finite basis {eu;v}v∈ιu\{e_{u;v}\}_{v\in\iota_u}{eu;v​}v∈ιu​​, and the concatenated basis is the set of pairs (u,v)(u,v)(u,v). An N-body tensor of order N=n+1N=n+1N=n+1 is a function TTT of NNN concatenated indices; its sub-tensor Tu⃗T_{\vec u}Tu​ at u⃗=(u1,…,uN)\vec u=(u_1,\dots,u_N)u=(u1​,…,uN​) collects the entries whose jjj-th index lies in atom uju_juj​.

A group KKK (the paper's U(n)\mathrm U(n)U(n); O(3)\mathrm O(3)O(3) in the experiments) acts through unitary representations πu1:K→U(ιu)\pi^1_u:K\to\mathrm U(\iota_u)πu1​:K→U(ιu​), and each atom has a subgroup Gu≤KG_u\le KGu​≤K. An element g=(gu)ug=(g_u)_ug=(gu​)u​ with gu∈Gug_u\in G_ugu​∈Gu​ acts on tensors by the local action (S26):

g⋅Tu⃗=(π1(gu1)⊗π1(gu2)⊗⋯⊗π1(guN)) Tu⃗.g\cdot T_{\vec u}=(\pi^1(g_{u_1})\otimes\pi^1(g_{u_2})\otimes\cdots\otimes\pi^1(g_{u_N}))\,T_{\vec u}.g⋅Tu​=(π1(gu1​​)⊗π1(gu2​​)⊗⋯⊗π1(guN​​))Tu​.

The network's hidden features huh_uhu​ assign to each label LLL of a unitary representation UL:K→U(VL)U^L:K\to\mathrm U(\mathbb V^L)UL:K→U(VL) and each channel ccc a vector hu,L,c∈VLh_{u,L,c}\in\mathbb V^Lhu,L,c​∈VL; ggg acts by hu,L,c↦UguLhu,L,ch_{u,L,c}\mapsto U^L_{g_u}h_{u,L,c}hu,L,c​↦Ugu​L​hu,L,c​. Matching matrices (Du)vL,k,M=⟨eu;v,πu;L,k,M⟩(D_u)^{L,k,M}_v=\langle e_{u;v},\pi_{u;L,k,M}\rangle(Du​)vL,k,M​=⟨eu;v​,πu;L,k,M​⟩ relate the atomic basis to a basis adapted to the decomposition Vu≃⨁L(VL)⊕KLV_u\simeq\bigoplus_L(\mathbb V^L)^{\oplus K_L}Vu​≃⨁L​(VL)⊕KL​.

The UNiTE network FFF (Methods 1.1; Appendix S2.5) consists of:

  • a diagonal reduction ψu\psi_uψu​ turning the diagonal block TuT_uTu​ into the initial features hu0h^0_uhu0​;
  • t1t_1t1​ full steps, each made of a block convolution (S36), message passing (S37) with scalar attention weights α\alphaα, a reverse matching layer (S45) and a point-wise interaction ϕ\phiϕ (S40)–(S42) built from EvNorm (S39) and Clebsch–Gordan-type coefficients CCC;
  • then t2t_2t2​ point-wise interaction steps.

Formalization targets

Goal: G-equivariance of UNiTE (S2.6, p. 26)

Under the hypotheses the paper's proof uses — compatibility (S35) of the matching matrices, the Clebsch–Gordan property (S33) of CCC, equivariance (S32) of the diagonal reduction, invariance g⋅α=αg\cdot\alpha=\alphag⋅α=α of the attention weights, and positivity of the EvNorm constants — for every g∈∏uGug\in\prod_u G_ug∈∏u​Gu​, tensor TTT and atom uuu,

F(g⋅T)u=U(gu)⋅F(T)u.F(g\cdot T)_u=U(g_u)\cdot F(T)_u .F(g⋅T)u​=U(gu​)⋅F(T)u​.

Milestones

The proof in S2.6 rests on three results of S2.4 and four labelled sub-proofs:

  • Theorem S1 (p. 24): a tensor product of irreducible unitary representations decomposes into irreducibles, with ∑Lμ(L)dim⁡VL=∏jdim⁡VLj\sum_L\mu(L)\dim\mathbb V^L=\prod_j\dim\mathbb V^{L_j}∑L​μ(L)dimVL=∏j​dimVLj​ (S29)–(S30);
  • Corollary S2 (p. 24): an invertible equivariant linear map ψ:Vu⊗N→⨁L(VL)⊕μ(L;Vu)\psi:V_u^{\otimes N}\to\bigoplus_L(\mathbb V^L)^{\oplus\mu(L;V_u)}ψ:Vu⊗N​→⨁L​(VL)⊕μ(L;Vu​);
  • Corollary S3 (p. 24): an injective equivariant reduction ψ(T)ν,L,M=∑v⃗T(v⃗)Qν,L,Mv⃗\psi(T)_{\nu,L,M}=\sum_{\vec v}T(\vec v)Q^{\vec v}_{\nu,L,M}ψ(T)ν,L,M​=∑v​T(v)Qν,L,Mv​ with ∑LnL≤dim⁡(Vu)N\sum_Ln_L\le\dim(V_u)^N∑L​nL​≤dim(Vu​)N;
  • the four building-block equivariances of S2.6, for the block convolution, message passing, EvNorm and the point-wise interaction.

Significance

The theorem is what justifies feeding UNiTE features in arbitrary local frames: the predicted invariant quantities (energies) do not depend on the choice of atomic-orbital phases or orientations. The vector-valued outputs, such as dipole moments, then transform correctly. Without it, the model would have to learn the symmetry from data or from augmentation. The same argument applies to other architectures acting on matrices in local bases, for example models of Hamiltonian or density matrices.

The result is proved in the paper, with a proof written at the level of index manipulations. To our knowledge it has no machine-checked proof. Formalizing it pins down exactly which hypotheses each layer needs: (S35) on the matching matrices, the complex conjugate in (S36), the intertwining form of (S33), and invariance of the attention weights. It also yields a reusable library of statements about tensor-product and block-diagonal actions of unitary representations. Theorem S1 for an arbitrary group with a complete catalogue of irreducibles is a statement of independent interest: finite-dimensional unitary representations are completely reducible, which Mathlib does not yet provide outside finite groups.

Difficulty

No single step is deep; the difficulty is bookkeeping across dependent index types. The local action is block-diagonal over atoms, so cross-atom terms must be shown to vanish. Sub-tensor indices are dependent on the atom sequence u⃗\vec uu. The block convolution's cancellation ∑vπvv′1πvv′′1‾=δv′v′′\sum_v\pi^1_{vv'}\overline{\pi^1_{vv''}}=\delta_{v'v''}∑v​πvv′1​πvv′′1​​=δv′v′′​ uses unitarity and the conjugate. The reverse matching layer needs the adjoint form of (S35), which uses that GuG_uGu​ is a subgroup (closed under inverses). The point-wise block reindexes a double sum through a Kronecker product. The full network is a two-phase recursion whose attention weights depend on the current features, so the induction must carry the equivariance of every intermediate feature. Theorem S1 needs complete reducibility of a finite-dimensional unitary representation of an arbitrary group, together with the identification of each irreducible summand with a catalogue member.

A tempting shortcut, assuming each layer equivariant and composing, proves nothing about UNiTE: the content is that these specific layers are equivariant under these specific hypotheses.

Formalization scope

All scalars are complex; the paper's real (orthogonal) case is the special case of real unitary matrices. U(n)\mathrm U(n)U(n) is replaced by an abstract group KKK ([Group K]), representations are homomorphisms K →* Matrix.unitaryGroup ι ℂ, and the catalogue of irreducibles of U(n)\mathrm U(n)U(n) is a family ULU^LUL with the hypothesis CatalogComplete (every irreducible unitary representation is equivalent to some ULU^LUL), the formal reading of the paper's "we have abstracted the labelling details … into the index L". The subgroups GuG_uGu​ are S u : Subgroup K, and every hypothesis is assumed only for k∈Guk\in G_uk∈Gu​.

Committed conventions:

  • the tensor has order N=n+1N=n+1N=n+1 over the concatenated basis Σ u, ι u;
  • every label has the same number nmax⁡n_{\max}nmax​ of channels, as (S41) requires;
  • the matching weights use the main-text shapes (16) and (28), with a multiplicity index for the copies of VL\mathbb V^LVL in VuV_uVu​; they may depend on atom and step;
  • the multilayer perceptrons are arbitrary functions of the invariant features, and the EvNorm statistics μ,σ\mu,\sigmaμ,σ are fixed parameters;
  • (S33) is assumed in intertwining form C(UL1⊗UL2)=ULCC(U^{L_1}\otimes U^{L_2})=U^LCC(UL1​⊗UL2​)=ULC, which follows from the printed form for co-isometric CCC;
  • the diagonal reduction ψu\psi_uψu​ is any linear map satisfying (S32), and the attention weights are any functions of the step's inputs satisfying g⋅α=αg\cdot\alpha=\alphag⋅α=α; the paper's concrete attention (18)–(21) is not instantiated;
  • only part (a) of the group GGG of S2.2 (local unitaries) is formalized; permutations (b) and translations (c) leave the symmetric, translation-invariant input unchanged and are trivial.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out. The layers are defined concretely, not replaced by maps assumed equivariant. The action is local, one unitary per atom, not one global unitary. The complex conjugate in (S36) is kept. Irreducibility of the catalogue and its completeness are both stated in Theorem S1 and the corollaries.

The development needs one definitions module (OrbNetEqui.Equivariance.Basic) and Mathlib's matrices, unitary groups, block-diagonal and Kronecker matrices. Contributions are welcome on every milestone; the building-block lemmas (block-diagonal and Kronecker actions of unitary matrices, unitary invariance of the regularized norm) and complete reducibility of finite-dimensional unitary representations are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • Z. Qiao, A. S. Christensen, M. Welborn, F. R. Manby, A. Anandkumar, T. F. Miller III, Informing Geometric Deep Learning with Electronic Interactions to Accelerate Quantum Chemistry, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 119 (2022); preprint arXiv:2105.14655v4. https://arxiv.org/abs/2105.14655
  • Z. Qiao, M. Welborn, A. Anandkumar, F. R. Manby, T. F. Miller III, OrbNet: Deep learning for quantum chemistry using symmetry-adapted atomic-orbital features, J. Chem. Phys. 153, 124111 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0021955
  • N. Thomas et al., Tensor field networks: Rotation- and translation-equivariant neural networks for 3D point clouds, arXiv:1802.08219 (2018). https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.08219
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Hedging the Drift: Learning to Optimize under Non-Stationarity: the Bandit-over-Bandit algorithm has dynamic regret Õ(d^{2/3}B_T^{1/3}T^{2/3} + d^{1/2}T^{3/4}) without knowing B_TResearch Paper

Motivation

Many sequential decision problems in operations research are learned online while the environment changes: demand responds to prices differently from week to week, click-through rates drift, and the value of an action in a recommendation or auto-loan pricing system decays as conditions move. The stochastic linear bandit is the standard model for such problems when actions are described by feature vectors. The classical algorithms for it (OFUL of Abbasi-Yadkori, Pál and Szepesvári, 2011) assume the unknown parameter is fixed, and they can incur linear regret when it drifts.

Besbes, Gur and Zeevi (2014, 2015) introduced the variation budget BTB_TBT​, a bound on the total movement of the environment over the horizon, and showed that the right benchmark is then the dynamic regret: the loss against the sequence of per-round optimal actions. Cheung, Simchi-Levi and Zhu, Hedging the Drift: Learning to Optimize under Non-Stationarity (arXiv:1903.01461v4, 2021; Management Science, doi:10.1287/mnsc.2021.4024), study the drifting linear bandit. Their SW-UCB algorithm attains the minimax rate when BTB_TBT​ is known. Their Bandit-over-Bandit (BOB) algorithm needs no knowledge of BTB_TBT​: it hedges over window sizes with an adversarial bandit learner. This mission formalizes BOB's dynamic regret bound, Theorem 4 of the paper, together with the chain of results that leads to it.

Setting

A drifting linear bandit instance consists of a horizon TTT, finite nonempty decision sets Dt⊆RdD_t\subseteq\mathbb R^dDt​⊆Rd, and unknown parameters θt∈Rd\theta_t\in\mathbb R^dθt​∈Rd for t=1,…,Tt=1,\dots,Tt=1,…,T, all fixed in advance. In round ttt the learner picks Xt∈DtX_t\in D_tXt​∈Dt​ and observes Yt=⟨Xt,θt⟩+ηtY_t=\langle X_t,\theta_t\rangle+\eta_tYt​=⟨Xt​,θt​⟩+ηt​. The noises ηt\eta_tηt​ are i.i.d., centred and RRR-sub-Gaussian: E[esηt]≤es2R2/2\mathbb E[e^{s\eta_t}]\le e^{s^2R^2/2}E[esηt​]≤es2R2/2. The constants L,SL,SL,S bound ∥X∥2≤L\|X\|_2\le L∥X∥2​≤L and ∥θt∥2≤S\|\theta_t\|_2\le S∥θt​∥2​≤S, and ∣⟨X,θt⟩∣≤1|\langle X,\theta_t\rangle|\le1∣⟨X,θt​⟩∣≤1. Assumption 1 asks that every action be a multiple of one vector of a fixed orthonormal basis. The variation constraint is

∑t=1T−1∥θt+1−θt∥2≤BT,\sum_{t=1}^{T-1}\|\theta_{t+1}-\theta_t\|_2\le B_T ,t=1∑T−1​∥θt+1​−θt​∥2​≤BT​,

and the dynamic regret of a policy is RT=E[∑t=1T⟨xt∗−Xt,θt⟩]\mathcal R_T=\mathbb E\big[\sum_{t=1}^T\langle x_t^*-X_t,\theta_t\rangle\big]RT​=E[∑t=1T​⟨xt∗​−Xt​,θt​⟩] with xt∗∈arg⁡max⁡x∈Dt⟨x,θt⟩x_t^*\in\arg\max_{x\in D_t}\langle x,\theta_t\ranglext∗​∈argmaxx∈Dt​​⟨x,θt​⟩.

SW-UCB with window size www and regularisation λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 estimates θt\theta_tθt​ by ridge regression on the last www rounds only:

Vt−1=λI+∑s=1∨(t−w)t−1XsXs⊤,θ^t=Vt−1−1∑s=1∨(t−w)t−1XsYs,V_{t-1}=\lambda I+\sum_{s=1\vee(t-w)}^{t-1}X_sX_s^\top,\qquad \hat\theta_t=V_{t-1}^{-1}\sum_{s=1\vee(t-w)}^{t-1}X_sY_s ,Vt−1​=λI+s=1∨(t−w)∑t−1​Xs​Xs⊤​,θ^t​=Vt−1−1​s=1∨(t−w)∑t−1​Xs​Ys​,

and plays arg⁡max⁡x∈Dt{x⊤θ^t+β∥x∥Vt−1−1}\arg\max_{x\in D_t}\{x^\top\hat\theta_t+\beta\|x\|_{V_{t-1}^{-1}}\}argmaxx∈Dt​​{x⊤θ^t​+β∥x∥Vt−1−1​​} with β=Rdln⁡((1+wL2/λ)/δ)+λS\beta=R\sqrt{d\ln((1+wL^2/\lambda)/\delta)}+\sqrt\lambda Sβ=Rdln((1+wL2/λ)/δ)​+λ​S.

BOB cuts the horizon into blocks of H=⌊dT1/2⌋H=\lfloor dT^{1/2}\rfloorH=⌊dT1/2⌋ rounds. Before each block an EXP3 learner draws an index j∈{0,…,Δ}j\in\{0,\dots,\Delta\}j∈{0,…,Δ}, Δ=⌈ln⁡H⌉\Delta=\lceil\ln H\rceilΔ=⌈lnH⌉, and BOB restarts SW-UCB with window ⌊Hj/Δ⌋\lfloor H^{j/\Delta}\rfloor⌊Hj/Δ⌋. The block's total reward, divided by Q=2H+4RHln⁡(T/H)Q=2H+4R\sqrt{H\ln(T/\sqrt H)}Q=2H+4RHln(T/H​)​ and shifted by 12\tfrac1221​, is EXP3's feedback.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

RT(BOB)=O~(d2/3BT1/3T2/3+d1/2T3/4),\mathcal R_T(\text{BOB})=\widetilde O\big(d^{2/3}B_T^{1/3}T^{2/3}+d^{1/2}T^{3/4}\big),RT​(BOB)=O(d2/3BT1/3​T2/3+d1/2T3/4),

read as: for fixed R,L,S,λR,L,S,\lambdaR,L,S,λ there are C,kC,kC,k such that the expected regret is at most C(1+ln⁡(dT))kC(1+\ln(dT))^kC(1+ln(dT))k times the bracket, for every ddd, TTT, BTB_TBT​, instance and noise.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3 (drift term of the estimator bounded by the window's variation, under Assumption 1).
  2. Lemma 4 (sliding-window self-normalized bound).
  3. Theorem 2 (confidence bound ∣x⊤(θ^t−θt)∣≤L∑∥θs−θs+1∥2+β∥x∥Vt−1−1|x^\top(\hat\theta_t-\theta_t)|\le L\sum\|\theta_s-\theta_{s+1}\|_2+\beta\|x\|_{V_{t-1}^{-1}}∣x⊤(θ^t​−θt​)∣≤L∑∥θs​−θs+1​∥2​+β∥x∥Vt−1−1​​).
  4. Lemma 5 (sliding-window potentials dominated by restarted ones).
  5. Theorem 3 (RT(SW-UCB)=O~(wBT+dT/w)\mathcal R_T(\text{SW-UCB})=\widetilde O(wB_T+dT/\sqrt w)RT​(SW-UCB)=O(wBT​+dT/w​)).
  6. Lemma 1 (block rewards bounded by Hν+2RHln⁡(T/H)H\nu+2R\sqrt{H\ln(T/\sqrt H)}Hν+2RHln(T/H​)​ with probability ≥1−2/T\ge1-2/T≥1−2/T).
  7. Proposition 1 (RT(BOB)=O~(w†BT+dT/w†+Q∣J∣T/H)\mathcal R_T(\text{BOB})=\widetilde O(w^\dagger B_T+dT/\sqrt{w^\dagger}+Q\sqrt{|J|T/H})RT​(BOB)=O(w†BT​+dT/w†​+Q∣J∣T/H​)).

Significance

Theorem 4 shows that a learner ignorant of how fast the environment drifts can still be no-regret against the moving optimum. When BT≥d−1/2T1/4B_T\ge d^{-1/2}T^{1/4}BT​≥d−1/2T1/4 it matches, up to logarithmic factors, the d2/3BT1/3T2/3d^{2/3}B_T^{1/3}T^{2/3}d2/3BT1/3​T2/3 rate of SW-UCB tuned with knowledge of BTB_TBT​, which matches the paper's minimax lower bound (Theorem 1) up to logarithmic factors. The bandit-over-bandit template, in which an adversarial bandit chooses among configurations of a base algorithm run on restarted blocks, is applied in the same paper to generalized linear and combinatorial semi-bandits, and by the same authors to non-stationary reinforcement learning.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing in this chain is machine-checked. The platform has an Exp3 regret bound and an elliptical-potential lemma, but no non-stationary bandit, no sliding-window estimator and no bandit-over-bandit result. A complete development would give a checked proof of the decomposition, of the per-block reduction to SW-UCB, and of the interaction between EXP3 and the high-probability normalisation, which the printed proof treats briefly.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for SW-UCB is to copy OFUL's analysis. It fails at the elliptical-potential step, because the sliding-window Gram matrices are not monotone in ttt (old observations leave the window). Lemma 5 replaces it, and the drift bias of the estimator (Lemma 3) needs Assumption 1. Lemma 3 is false for actions in general position.

For BOB, the obvious idea is to treat each window size as an expert with bounded rewards. Block rewards are not bounded, though: they carry sub-Gaussian noise, and the normalised reward lies in [0,1][0,1][0,1] only on a high-probability event (Lemma 1). EXP3's guarantee must be combined with that event. The restarts are also essential: without them a block's reward would depend on earlier EXP3 choices, and EXP3's adversary would no longer be oblivious.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors and rounds. Vectors are Fin d → ℝ, matrices are Matrix (Fin d) (Fin d) ℝ, and rounds are numbered 1,…,T1,\dots,T1,…,T. The window of round ttt for a run started at round t0t_0t0​ is [max⁡(t0,t−w),t−1][\max(t_0,t-w),t-1][max(t0​,t−w),t−1].
  • Decision sets and argmax. Decision sets are finite and nonempty. Ties in every argmax are broken by the first maximiser in a fixed enumeration of DtD_tDt​.
  • Noise and policies. The noise is a sequence of measurable, mutually independent, identically distributed, centred, RRR-sub-Gaussian random variables. Non-anticipatory policies are measurable functions of past noise.
  • EXP3's randomisation. It is a finite mixture over choice sequences, weighted by ∏ipji,i\prod_i p_{j_i,i}∏i​pji​,i​.
  • SW-UCB's inputs. SW-UCB uses λ\lambdaλ with λS2≥1\lambda S^2\ge1λS2≥1 and δ=1/T\delta=1/Tδ=1/T, the choices of the paper's Appendix C.
  • The budget. BTB_TBT​ is any upper bound on the variation; the asymptotic regime BT=Θ(Tρ)B_T=\Theta(T^\rho)BT​=Θ(Tρ) is not imposed.
  • Added hypotheses. Lemma 4 and Theorem 2 add d≥2d\ge2d≥2 and δ>0\delta>0δ>0: the printed radius is too small at d=1d=1d=1. Theorem 3 adds w≤Tw\le Tw≤T, without which its bound fails. Lemma 1 adds 1≤H≤T1\le H\le T1≤H≤T.
  • Ruling out trivial readings. The constants of every O~\widetilde OO are fixed before ddd, TTT, BTB_TBT​ and the instance, since otherwise C=2TC=2TC=2T would trivialise every regret bound. Every expected-regret conclusion also asserts integrability, so a non-integrable regret (whose integral Lean sets to 000) cannot satisfy it vacuously.

A complete development needs:

  • sub-Gaussian concentration for martingale sums with a self-normalized bound (method of mixtures);
  • matrix monotonicity of inverses of positive-definite Gram matrices;
  • the EXP3 regret bound of Auer et al. (2002) with uniform mixing;
  • measurability of the algorithms' trajectories.

The self-normalized bound, matrix-inverse monotonicity and the EXP3 bound are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone, and to these general lemmas, are welcome.

Selected references

  • W. C. Cheung, D. Simchi-Levi, R. Zhu, Hedging the Drift: Learning to Optimize under Non-Stationarity, arXiv:1903.01461v4, 2021; Management Science 68(3), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1903.01461
  • Y. Abbasi-Yadkori, D. Pál, Cs. Szepesvári, Improved Algorithms for Linear Stochastic Bandits, NeurIPS 2011. https://papers.nips.cc/paper/2011/hash/e1d5be1c7f2f456670de3d53c7b54f4a-Abstract.html
  • P. Auer, N. Cesa-Bianchi, Y. Freund, R. E. Schapire, The Nonstochastic Multiarmed Bandit Problem, SIAM Journal on Computing 32(1), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0097539701398375
  • O. Besbes, Y. Gur, A. Zeevi, Stochastic Multi-Armed-Bandit Problem with Non-stationary Rewards, NeurIPS 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1405.3316
  • O. Besbes, Y. Gur, A. Zeevi, Non-stationary Stochastic Optimization, Operations Research 63(5), 2015. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2015.1408
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

A Statistical Learning Approach to Personalization in Revenue Management: High-Probability Revenue Gap Bound for Decisions from the ℓ1-Constrained Logit Maximum Likelihood EstimateResearch Paper

Motivation

Retailers and platforms increasingly set prices and choose which products to display per customer, using observed customer attributes (location, device, purchase history). The decision rule is usually built in two steps: fit a choice model to historical transactions, then optimize prices and assortments as if the fitted model were the truth. Chen, Owen, Pixton and Simchi-Levi (Management Science, 2021; author manuscript SSRN 2579462) ask how much revenue this "estimate, then optimize" procedure loses, as a function of the amount and richness of the historical data. Their answer is a non-asymptotic, high-probability bound on the revenue gap for a feature-dependent multinomial logit model that covers personalized pricing and personalized assortment in one framework.

The estimation side builds on the econometrics of the conditional logit model (McFadden, 1974), whose classical theory is asymptotic. The finite-sample tools come from high-dimensional statistics: concentration of sample covariance matrices of sub-Gaussian vectors (Vershynin, 2012) and strong-convexity arguments for M-estimators.

Setting

There are JJJ products and a no-purchase option 000. A customer arrives with a feature vector z∈Rdz \in \mathbb R^dz∈Rd, scaled so that ∥z∥∞≤1\|z\|_\infty \le 1∥z∥∞​≤1. The seller offers an assortment S⊆[J]S \subseteq [J]S⊆[J] and sets a price pj∈[pmin⁡,1]p_j \in [p_{\min}, 1]pj​∈[pmin​,1] for each product, 0<pmin⁡≤10 < p_{\min} \le 10<pmin​≤1; the price box is P=[pmin⁡,1]J\mathcal P = [p_{\min}, 1]^JP=[pmin​,1]J. For product jjj the feature–price vector is x=(z,pj)∈Rd+1x = (z, p_j) \in \mathbb R^{d+1}x=(z,pj​)∈Rd+1.

The parameter is θ=(γ1⊤,β1,…,γJ⊤,βJ)⊤∈RJ(d+1)\theta = (\gamma_1^\top, \beta_1, \dots, \gamma_J^\top, \beta_J)^\top \in \mathbb R^{J(d+1)}θ=(γ1⊤​,β1​,…,γJ⊤​,βJ​)⊤∈RJ(d+1). The mean utility of product jjj is Vj=⟨γj,z⟩+βjpjV_j = \langle \gamma_j, z\rangle + \beta_j p_jVj​=⟨γj​,z⟩+βj​pj​. Under the multinomial logit (MNL) model the customer buys j∈Sj \in Sj∈S with probability

Pz(j;S,p,θ)=eVj1+∑l∈SeVl,\mathbb P_z(j; S, p, \theta) = \frac{e^{V_j}}{1 + \sum_{l\in S} e^{V_l}},Pz​(j;S,p,θ)=1+∑l∈S​eVl​eVj​​,

and buys nothing with probability 1/(1+∑l∈SeVl)1/(1 + \sum_{l \in S} e^{V_l})1/(1+∑l∈S​eVl​). The expected revenue is fz(S,p;θ)=∑j∈Spj Pz(j;S,p,θ)f_z(S, p; \theta) = \sum_{j \in S} p_j\, \mathbb P_z(j; S, p, \theta)fz​(S,p;θ)=∑j∈S​pj​Pz​(j;S,p,θ).

The data are nnn past transactions (zi,Si,pi,yi)(z_i, S_i, p_i, y_i)(zi​,Si​,pi​,yi​), where yiy_iyi​ is the observed choice. The negative log-likelihood is ℓn(θ)=−1n∑ilog⁡Pzi(yi;Si,pi,θ)\ell_n(\theta) = -\frac1n\sum_i \log \mathbb P_{z_i}(y_i; S_i, p_i, \theta)ℓn​(θ)=−n1​∑i​logPzi​​(yi​;Si​,pi​,θ). Given a radius RRR with ∥θ∗∥1≤R\|\theta^*\|_1 \le R∥θ∗∥1​≤R, the constrained MLE θ^\hat\thetaθ^ minimizes ℓn\ell_nℓn​ over ∥θ∥1≤R\|\theta\|_1 \le R∥θ∥1​≤R.

Two assumptions govern the data. Assumption 1: the outcomes are conditionally independent given features and prices and follow the MNL model at the true parameter θ∗\theta^*θ∗, and for each jjj the vectors xij=(zi,pij)x_{ij} = (z_i, p_{ij})xij​=(zi​,pij​) are independent across iii (not necessarily identically distributed) and sub-Gaussian with norm at most ψ\psiψ. Assumption 2: every product was offered in at least νn\nu nνn transactions, and the averaged second-moment matrix ΣIj=1nj∑i∈IjE xijxij⊤\Sigma_{\mathcal I_j} = \frac{1}{n_j}\sum_{i \in \mathcal I_j} \mathbb E\, x_{ij}x_{ij}^\topΣIj​​=nj​1​∑i∈Ij​​Exij​xij⊤​ over the transactions Ij\mathcal I_jIj​ offering jjj has smallest eigenvalue at least ρ>0\rho > 0ρ>0.

Given a family S\mathcal SS of feasible assortments, (S∗,p∗)(S^*, p^*)(S∗,p∗) maximizes fz(⋅,⋅;θ∗)f_z(\cdot,\cdot;\theta^*)fz​(⋅,⋅;θ∗) over S×P\mathcal S \times \mathcal PS×P (the oracle decision) and (S^,p^)(\hat S, \hat p)(S^,p^​) maximizes fz(⋅,⋅;θ^)f_z(\cdot,\cdot;\hat\theta)fz​(⋅,⋅;θ^).

Formalization targets

Goal: revenue convergence rate (Theorem 2, p. 17)

For every ψ\psiψ there is CψC_\psiCψ​, and for every RRR a constant C(R,ψ)C(R,\psi)C(R,ψ), such that whenever n≥4Cψlog⁡(νn)/(νmin⁡(ρ,1)2)n \ge 4C_\psi \log(\nu n)/(\nu\min(\rho,1)^2)n≥4Cψ​log(νn)/(νmin(ρ,1)2), with probability at least 1−1/n−2J/(νn)1 - 1/n - 2J/(\nu n)1−1/n−2J/(νn), for every feature vector zzz,

fz(S∗,p∗;θ∗)−fz(S^,p^;θ∗) ≤ C(R,ψ)νρ J4(d+1)log⁡(2nJ(d+1))n.f_z(S^*, p^*; \theta^*) - f_z(\hat S, \hat p; \theta^*) \ \le\ \frac{C(R,\psi)}{\nu\rho}\, J^4(d+1)\sqrt{\frac{\log(2nJ(d+1))}{n}} .fz​(S∗,p∗;θ∗)−fz​(S^,p^​;θ∗) ≤ νρC(R,ψ)​J4(d+1)nlog(2nJ(d+1))​​.

The constants are unspecified, as on the page; only their dependence is fixed.

Milestones

  1. Lemma EC.1 (p. ec2): Diag(q)−qq⊤\mathrm{Diag}(q) - qq^\topDiag(q)−qq⊤ is positive semidefinite with smallest eigenvalue at least min⁡jqj⋅q0\min_j q_j \cdot q_0minj​qj​⋅q0​.
  2. The constant ccc (p. ec4): Pz(j)Pz(0)≥c=e−R/[1+e−R+(J−1)eR]2\mathbb P_z(j)\mathbb P_z(0) \ge c = e^{-R}/[1 + e^{-R} + (J-1)e^R]^2Pz​(j)Pz​(0)≥c=e−R/[1+e−R+(J−1)eR]2 on the feasible set.
  3. Lemma 2 (p. 16, corrected): with probability at least 1−2J/(νn)1 - 2J/(\nu n)1−2J/(νn), ℓn\ell_nℓn​ is strongly convex on the ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​ ball with parameter η=e−Rνρ/(2[1+e−R+(J−1)eR]2)\eta = e^{-R}\nu\rho/(2[1 + e^{-R} + (J-1)e^R]^2)η=e−Rνρ/(2[1+e−R+(J−1)eR]2).
  4. Lemma 1 (p. 15): with probability at least 1−1/n1 - 1/n1−1/n, ∥∇ℓn(θ∗)∥∞≤2log⁡(2nJ(d+1))/n\|\nabla\ell_n(\theta^*)\|_\infty \le \sqrt{2\log(2nJ(d+1))/n}∥∇ℓn​(θ∗)∥∞​≤2log(2nJ(d+1))/n​.
  5. (4)–(5) (p. 15, sharpened): for an η\etaη-strongly convex function minimized over a convex set, ∥θ^−θ∗∥2≤N ∥∇f(θ∗)∥∞/η\|\hat\theta - \theta^*\|_2 \le \sqrt{N}\,\|\nabla f(\theta^*)\|_\infty/\eta∥θ^−θ∗∥2​≤N​∥∇f(θ∗)∥∞​/η.
  6. Theorem 1 (p. 14): with probability at least 1−1/n−2J/(νn)1 - 1/n - 2J/(\nu n)1−1/n−2J/(νn), ∥θ^−θ∗∥2≤2[1+e−R+(J−1)eR]2e−Rνρ2J(d+1)log⁡(2nJ(d+1))n\|\hat\theta - \theta^*\|_2 \le 2\frac{[1 + e^{-R} + (J-1)e^R]^2}{e^{-R}\nu\rho}\sqrt{\frac{2J(d+1)\log(2nJ(d+1))}{n}}∥θ^−θ∗∥2​≤2e−Rνρ[1+e−R+(J−1)eR]2​n2J(d+1)log(2nJ(d+1))​​.
  7. Lipschitz bound (proof of Proposition 1, pp. 17–18): ∣fz(S,p;θ)−fz(S,p;θ′)∣≤J4J(d+1) ∥θ−θ′∥2|f_z(S,p;\theta) - f_z(S,p;\theta')| \le \frac J4\sqrt{J(d+1)}\,\|\theta - \theta'\|_2∣fz​(S,p;θ)−fz​(S,p;θ′)∣≤4J​J(d+1)​∥θ−θ′∥2​.
  8. Proposition 1 (p. 17): the revenue forecast error is at most C(R,ψ)2νρJ4(d+1)log⁡(2nJ(d+1))/n\frac{C(R,\psi)}{2\nu\rho}J^4(d+1)\sqrt{\log(2nJ(d+1))/n}2νρC(R,ψ)​J4(d+1)log(2nJ(d+1))/n​ for all decisions and bounded features, with the same probability.

Significance

The result. The theorem quantifies the value of historical data for personalized revenue management. The loss shrinks as O~(1/n)\tilde O(1/\sqrt n)O~(1/n​) and degrades with 1/ν1/\nu1/ν (products rarely offered in the past) and 1/ρ1/\rho1/ρ (features and prices that are nearly collinear in the data). This makes precise two practical warnings of the paper: price experimentation must not be correlated with customer features, and every product must have been explored. The bound is uniform over customers, so it is an out-of-sample guarantee. It specializes to customized pricing (Corollary 1) and to personalized assortment with fixed prices (Corollary 2), and the parameter rate of Theorem 1 matches the Cramér–Rao rate up to logarithmic factors.

Formalizing it. The paper's results are proved but none has been machine-checked. A formal development would produce a verified finite-sample theory of the constrained logit MLE: the softmax Hessian bound, strong convexity of the log-likelihood with high probability, the gradient concentration, and the transfer to revenue. Two printed statements need care, and the mission states the corrected forms: Lemma 2 needs an additional sample-size condition (see Formalization scope), and the printed (5) loses a factor 222 relative to what Theorem 1 uses.

Difficulty

The deterministic parts (Lemma EC.1, the constant ccc, the Lipschitz bound, the step (4)–(5)) are finite-dimensional calculus. The main obstacle is Lemma 2. Its proof needs the empirical second-moment matrices 1nj∑i∈Ijxijxij⊤\frac1{n_j}\sum_{i\in\mathcal I_j} x_{ij}x_{ij}^\topnj​1​∑i∈Ij​​xij​xij⊤​ to be within ρ/2\rho/2ρ/2 of their expectations in operator norm, for independent but non-identically distributed sub-Gaussian vectors, with a sample size depending on ψ\psiψ only through a constant. The standard references state this for identically distributed vectors. Mathlib has no matrix concentration of this kind, and an ε\varepsilonε-net argument with a Bernstein-type bound must be built. A second obstacle is the randomness of the decision itself: the optimal decisions are argmax selections, so the bad event is controlled through Theorem 1's event and not through measurability of the decision.

A first attempt often tries to bound the gap by the parameter error directly through the optimization problem. That fails: the argmax is not Lipschitz in θ\thetaθ. The paper's route compares revenues of fixed decisions, which needs the bound of Proposition 1 uniformly over all decisions.

Formalization scope

The model is one definitions file in the namespace PersonalizedRM.RevenueGap. The parameter is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin J × Fin (d+1)), so ‖θ‖ is the Euclidean norm; ∥θ∥1\|\theta\|_1∥θ∥1​ is an explicit sum and ∥∇ℓn∥∞\|\nabla\ell_n\|_\infty∥∇ℓn​∥∞​ is a bound on every fderiv partial derivative. Outcomes are Option (Fin J) (none is no purchase). Historical assortments are deterministic. The conventions committed to are:

  • Outcomes. Assumption 1(a) and well-specification are encoded by realizing yiy_iyi​ as an inverse-CDF draw from the MNL law at θ∗\theta^*θ∗, driven by uniform variables independent of each other and of all features and prices.
  • Assumption 2. λmin⁡≥ρ\lambda_{\min} \ge \rhoλmin​≥ρ is written as a quadratic-form bound, and ν\nuν is any positive constant with nj≥νnn_j \ge \nu nnj​≥νn. Two printed requirements are dropped, which strengthens every statement: ν≤1/J\nu \le 1/Jν≤1/J (false for overlapping assortments) and the unused clause max⁡i,jλmin⁡(E xijxij⊤)>0\max_{i,j}\lambda_{\min}(\mathbb E\,x_{ij}x_{ij}^\top) > 0maxi,j​λmin​(Exij​xij⊤​)>0.
  • Probability. "With high probability" means probability at least 1−1/n−2J/(νn)1 - 1/n - 2J/(\nu n)1−1/n−2J/(νn), the event of Theorem 1. Every probabilistic statement bounds the outer measure of the bad event.
  • Sample size. n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 is assumed.
  • Lemma 2 correction. The milestone adds νn≥4CψJ(d+1)/min⁡(ρ,1)2\nu n \ge 4C_\psi J(d+1)/\min(\rho,1)^2νn≥4Cψ​J(d+1)/min(ρ,1)2. As printed, the lemma fails when d+1>nd + 1 > nd+1>n: the empirical second-moment matrix is then singular, so ℓn\ell_nℓn​ cannot be strongly convex.
  • Sharpened (5). Milestone 5 states the constant 111 instead of the printed 222.

Theorem 1, Proposition 1 and Theorem 2 are stated exactly as printed.

Constant order. The constants are quantified in the order ∀ψ ∃Cψ ∀R ∃C(R,ψ)\forall\psi\ \exists C_\psi\ \forall R\ \exists C(R,\psi)∀ψ ∃Cψ​ ∀R ∃C(R,ψ), before JJJ, ddd, nnn, ν\nuν, ρ\rhoρ and the data. A constant chosen after the data could be made large enough that the right-hand side exceeds the trivial bounds (revenue gap ≤1\le 1≤1, parameter error ≤2R\le 2R≤2R), and the statements would be empty.

Infrastructure. A complete development needs:

  • MNL softmax derivative and Hessian identities;
  • Hoeffding's inequality (on the platform);
  • a covariance concentration bound for independent sub-Gaussian vectors;
  • Weyl's inequality (on the platform);
  • the strong-convexity estimate (5).

The concentration bound and the softmax Hessian bound are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the generic lemmas as separate theorems.

Not formalized: Corollaries 1–2 (specializations of the goal), Proposition 2 (the mixing-data rate, stated only up to O~\tilde OO~), and the numerical study of §5.

Selected references

  • X. Chen, Z. Owen, C. Pixton, D. Simchi-Levi, A Statistical Learning Approach to Personalization in Revenue Management, Management Science, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.2020.3772 — author manuscript https://ssrn.com/abstract=2579462
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in Frontiers in Econometrics, 1974. https://eml.berkeley.edu/reprints/mcfadden/zarembka.pdf
  • R. Vershynin, Introduction to the Non-Asymptotic Analysis of Random Matrices, in Compressed Sensing: Theory and Applications, Cambridge University Press, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.3027
  • E. L. Lehmann, G. Casella, Theory of Point Estimation, 2nd ed., Springer, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1007/b98854
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsOperations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Mostly Exploration-Free Algorithms for Contextual Bandits: the greedy algorithm has logarithmic regret for two-armed linear contextual bandits under covariate diversityResearch Paper

Motivation

In a contextual bandit, a decision maker repeatedly observes the features of an individual (a patient, a customer, a user), chooses one of several actions, and sees the reward of the chosen action only. Applications include personalized medicine, dynamic pricing and ad placement. The standard algorithms (upper-confidence-bound and Thompson-sampling methods, or forced-sampling schemes such as the OLS Bandit of Goldenshluger and Zeevi, 2013) deliberately explore: they sometimes take actions that look suboptimal in order to learn. In many of these applications exploration is costly or ethically constrained, and practitioners often run the greedy policy instead, which always takes the action that looks best under current estimates.

Bastani, Bayati and Khosravi (arXiv:1704.09011, Management Science 2021) ask when the greedy policy is nonetheless rate optimal. Their answer is a condition on the context distribution, covariate diversity, under which the natural randomness of the contexts does the exploring. For two arms they prove that the greedy algorithm then has logarithmic cumulative regret, which matches the lower bound of Goldenshluger and Zeevi (2013) for this problem.

Setting

There are two arms i∈{1,2}i \in \{1, 2\}i∈{1,2} with unknown parameters β1,β2∈Rd\beta_1, \beta_2 \in \mathbb R^dβ1​,β2​∈Rd. At times t=1,2,…t = 1, 2, \dotst=1,2,… a context Xt∈RdX_t \in \mathbb R^dXt​∈Rd arrives; the contexts are i.i.d. with law PXP_XPX​. Pulling arm iii yields the reward Yi,t=Xt⊤βi+εi,tY_{i,t} = X_t^\top \beta_i + \varepsilon_{i,t}Yi,t​=Xt⊤​βi​+εi,t​, with independent mean-zero noise satisfying E[eτεi,t]≤eτ2σ2/2\mathbb E[e^{\tau \varepsilon_{i,t}}] \le e^{\tau^2\sigma^2/2}E[eτεi,t​]≤eτ2σ2/2 for all real τ\tauτ (σ\sigmaσ-sub-Gaussian).

The Greedy Bandit (Algorithm 1) keeps, for each arm, the set Si,t\mathcal S_{i,t}Si,t​ of times s≤ts \le ts≤t at which it was pulled, the sample covariance Σ^(Si,t)=∑s∈Si,tXsXs⊤\hat\Sigma(\mathcal S_{i,t}) = \sum_{s \in \mathcal S_{i,t}} X_s X_s^\topΣ^(Si,t​)=∑s∈Si,t​​Xs​Xs⊤​ and the ordinary least squares estimate β^(Si,t)=Σ^(Si,t)−1∑s∈Si,tYi,sXs\hat\beta(\mathcal S_{i,t}) = \hat\Sigma(\mathcal S_{i,t})^{-1}\sum_{s \in \mathcal S_{i,t}} Y_{i,s} X_sβ^​(Si,t​)=Σ^(Si,t​)−1∑s∈Si,t​​Yi,s​Xs​ (and 000 while Σ^\hat\SigmaΣ^ is singular). At time ttt it pulls πt=arg⁡max⁡iXt⊤β^(Si,t−1)\pi_t = \arg\max_i X_t^\top \hat\beta(\mathcal S_{i,t-1})πt​=argmaxi​Xt⊤​β^​(Si,t−1​), breaking ties with a fair coin WtW_tWt​. Its instantaneous expected regret and cumulative expected regret are

rt=E[max⁡jXt⊤βj−Xt⊤βπt],RT=∑t=1Trt.r_t = \mathbb E\Big[\max_j X_t^\top\beta_j - X_t^\top\beta_{\pi_t}\Big], \qquad R_T = \sum_{t=1}^T r_t .rt​=E[jmax​Xt⊤​βj​−Xt⊤​βπt​​],RT​=t=1∑T​rt​.

The assumptions are:

  1. Parameter set: ∥Xt∥2≤xmax⁡\|X_t\|_2 \le x_{\max}∥Xt​∥2​≤xmax​ almost surely and ∥βi∥2≤bmax⁡\|\beta_i\|_2 \le b_{\max}∥βi​∥2​≤bmax​.
  2. Margin condition: PX[0<∣X⊤(β1−β2)∣≤κ]≤C0κP_X[0 < |X^\top(\beta_1 - \beta_2)| \le \kappa] \le C_0\kappaPX​[0<∣X⊤(β1​−β2​)∣≤κ]≤C0​κ for all κ>0\kappa > 0κ>0.
  3. Covariate diversity: λmin⁡(EX[XX⊤I{X⊤u≥0}])≥λ0>0\lambda_{\min}\big(\mathbb E_X[XX^\top \mathbb I\{X^\top u \ge 0\}]\big) \ge \lambda_0 > 0λmin​(EX​[XX⊤I{X⊤u≥0}])≥λ0​>0 for every u∈Rdu \in \mathbb R^du∈Rd, where λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​ is the smallest eigenvalue.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 12, in the form proved on p. 42)

With Cˉ=13+72(log⁡d)−1/2+383(log⁡d)−1+674(log⁡d)−3/2\bar C = \tfrac13 + \tfrac72(\log d)^{-1/2} + \tfrac{38}{3}(\log d)^{-1} + \tfrac{67}{4}(\log d)^{-3/2}Cˉ=31​+27​(logd)−1/2+338​(logd)−1+467​(logd)−3/2 and A=128C0Cˉxmax⁡4σ2d(log⁡d)3/2/λ02A = 128C_0\bar C x_{\max}^4\sigma^2 d(\log d)^{3/2}/\lambda_0^2A=128C0​Cˉxmax4​σ2d(logd)3/2/λ02​, for d≥2d \ge 2d≥2 and every T≥3T \ge 3T≥3,

RT≤Alog⁡T+A+160 bmax⁡xmax⁡3dλ0+2xmax⁡bmax⁡.R_T \le A\log T + A + \frac{160\,b_{\max}x_{\max}^3 d}{\lambda_0} + 2x_{\max}b_{\max}.RT​≤AlogT+A+λ0​160bmax​xmax3​d​+2xmax​bmax​.

Milestones

  • Lemma 3: PX[x⊤u≥0]≥λ0/xmax⁡2P_X[x^\top u \ge 0] \ge \lambda_0/x_{\max}^2PX​[x⊤u≥0]≥λ0​/xmax2​ for every uuu.
  • Lemma 9 (Tropp 2011): the matrix Chernoff lower-tail bound for adapted sequences of positive semidefinite matrices.
  • Lemma 4: P[λmin⁡(Σ^(Si,t))≥λ0t/4]≥1−exp⁡(log⁡d−C1t)\mathbb P[\lambda_{\min}(\hat\Sigma(\mathcal S_{i,t})) \ge \lambda_0 t/4] \ge 1 - \exp(\log d - C_1 t)P[λmin​(Σ^(Si,t​))≥λ0​t/4]≥1−exp(logd−C1​t) with C1=λ0/(40xmax⁡2)C_1 = \lambda_0/(40x_{\max}^2)C1​=λ0​/(40xmax2​).
  • Lemma 8: the Bernstein (Azuma–Hoeffding) bound for sub-Gaussian martingale differences.
  • Lemma 5: P[∥β^(Si,t)−βi∥2≥χ, λmin⁡(Σ^(Si,t))≥λt]≤2dexp⁡(−C2t2χ2/n)\mathbb P[\|\hat\beta(\mathcal S_{i,t}) - \beta_i\|_2 \ge \chi,\ \lambda_{\min}(\hat\Sigma(\mathcal S_{i,t})) \ge \lambda t] \le 2d\exp(-C_2t^2\chi^2/n)P[∥β^​(Si,t​)−βi​∥2​≥χ, λmin​(Σ^(Si,t​))≥λt]≤2dexp(−C2​t2χ2/n) for any deterministic n≥∣Si,t∣n \ge |\mathcal S_{i,t}|n≥∣Si,t​∣.
  • Lemma 6: the bound on rtr_trt​ in terms of 1/(t−1)1/(t-1)1/(t−1) and the probability that a sample covariance is ill conditioned.

Significance

The theorem shows that, under covariate diversity, exploration is unnecessary for the two-armed linear contextual bandit: the greedy policy achieves the optimal O(log⁡T)O(\log T)O(logT) rate. It explains the good empirical performance of greedy policies reported in practice, and it underlies the paper's Greedy-First algorithm, which runs greedily and switches to exploration only when the data show that covariate diversity fails. The two concentration tools (Lemmas 8 and 9) are standard and reusable well beyond this paper; Lemma 5 is a reusable least-squares bound for adaptively collected data.

The result is proved in the paper. As far as is known, none of it is formalized: the mission produces a machine-checked proof of the regret bound with explicit constants, and of the adapted matrix Chernoff inequality, which is not in Mathlib. Note that the printed display (3) multiplies the constant term 160bmax⁡xmax⁡3d/λ0+2xmax⁡bmax⁡160b_{\max}x_{\max}^3d/\lambda_0 + 2x_{\max}b_{\max}160bmax​xmax3​d/λ0​+2xmax​bmax​ by Cˉ\bar CCˉ, a factor the proof does not produce; the goal states the bound the proof establishes.

Difficulty

The samples of each arm are chosen by the algorithm from its own past estimates, so they are neither independent nor identically distributed, and classical least-squares consistency results do not apply. The obvious argument, "each arm is chosen with positive probability, hence is sampled linearly often, hence its estimate converges", fails at the second step: being sampled often does not make the sample covariance well conditioned, because the chosen contexts all lie in the half-space where that arm currently looks best. Covariate diversity is exactly what makes the conditional covariance of such a half-space well conditioned, and transferring this to the sample covariance requires a matrix concentration inequality for martingales. The regret bound then needs a peeling argument against the margin condition, with the constants tracked explicitly.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors are Fin d → ℝ; every norm is the Euclidean norm x⊤x\sqrt{x^\top x}x⊤x​ (Lean's default norm on this type is the sup norm and is not used). λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​ and λmax⁡\lambda_{\max}λmax​ are the infimum and supremum of v⊤Avv^\top A vv⊤Av over unit vectors.
  • Arms are Fin 2; times start at 111. Contexts, noises and tie-breaking coins live on one probability space and are mutually independent; the context law is any probability measure (the paper's Lebesgue density is not used by the proof). Noise sub-Gaussianity is two-sided (Mathlib's HasSubgaussianMGF): the paper's one-sided Definition 1 does not force mean zero, and the theorem would be false without it.
  • The Greedy Bandit is defined by strong recursion as a deterministic function of contexts, noises and coins; the estimate is "OLS if the Gram matrix is invertible, else 000", which equals Algorithm 1's stored value because Gram matrices only grow.
  • Added hypotheses: d≥2d \ge 2d≥2 (since Cˉ\bar CCˉ divides by log⁡d\log dlogd), σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0, d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 wherever λmin⁡\lambda_{\min}λmin​ appears. Lemma 6 is stated for two arms and without covariate diversity; Lemma 8 reads "DkD_kDk​ is σk\sigma_kσk​-sub-Gaussian" conditionally on Hk−1\mathcal H_{k-1}Hk−1​, as the cited proof does.
  • Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the regret is an expectation of a bounded integrand over the algorithm's own decisions computed from estimates at time t−1t-1t−1, not an oracle policy; λ0>0\lambda_0 > 0λ0​>0 and C0>0C_0 > 0C0​>0 are part of the assumptions; ties are broken by an independent fair coin, not a fixed rule (under which arm 2 might never be pulled).
  • Needed infrastructure: measurability of the greedy run, the adapted matrix Chernoff inequality (Lieb's concavity theorem or an equivalent), conditional sub-Gaussian sums (partly in Mathlib), and the peeling bound. Contributions of the concentration lemmas as standalone results are welcome.

Selected references

  • H. Bastani, M. Bayati, K. Khosravi, Mostly Exploration-Free Algorithms for Contextual Bandits, Management Science 67(3), 2021; arXiv:1704.09011v8. https://arxiv.org/abs/1704.09011
  • A. Goldenshluger, A. Zeevi, A Linear Response Bandit Problem, Stochastic Systems 3(1), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1214/11-SSY032
  • J. A. Tropp, User-friendly tail bounds for matrix martingales, technical report, California Institute of Technology, 2011 (the source of Lemma 9, Theorem 3.1; cited as Tropp (2011) on p. 39 of the paper). The independent-sum version: J. A. Tropp, User-friendly tail bounds for sums of random matrices, Foundations of Computational Mathematics 12, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1004.4389
  • M. Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics: A Non-Asymptotic Viewpoint, Cambridge University Press, 2019. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108627771
  • H. Bastani, M. Bayati, Online Decision Making with High-Dimensional Covariates, Operations Research 68(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1902
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Distributed Stochastic Optimization with Large Delays: Under Polynomially Growing Delays, Asynchronous SGD with Tuned Step-Sizes Drives the Mean-Square Gradient Norm to ZeroResearch Paper

Motivation

Large-scale learning problems, such as empirical risk minimization over millions of samples, are solved in practice by stochastic gradient descent (SGD) run on many processors at once. In a master–worker system, or in a multi-processor system with shared memory, a worker reads the current parameter, computes a stochastic gradient and writes its update back. Other workers update the parameter in the meantime, so by the time a gradient is applied it is stale: it was evaluated at an older iterate. In heterogeneous clusters these delays are not bounded in any useful sense, and they can grow with the run.

The classical analyses of asynchronous gradient methods (Bertsekas and Tsitsiklis, Parallel and Distributed Computation, Prentice Hall 1989, reprinted by Athena Scientific 1997) and of asynchronous SGD for machine learning (Agarwal and Duchi, NeurIPS 2011; Recht et al., Hogwild!, NeurIPS 2011; Lian et al., NeurIPS 2015) assume bounded delays. Zhou, Mertikopoulos, Bambos, Glynn and Ye (arXiv:2107.02919, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2022) show that the delays may grow without bound, polynomially in the iteration count, as long as the step size shrinks to match. This mission formalizes their first main result, Theorem 1, on general nonconvex objectives.

Setting

Let (Ξ,μ)(\Xi,\mu)(Ξ,μ) be a probability space and F:Rd×Ξ→RF:\mathbb R^d\times\Xi\to\mathbb RF:Rd×Ξ→R a random function. The objective is

f(x)=E[F(x;ξ)]=∫ΞF(x;ξ) dμ(ξ),f(x)=\mathbb E[F(x;\xi)]=\int_\Xi F(x;\xi)\,d\mu(\xi),f(x)=E[F(x;ξ)]=∫Ξ​F(x;ξ)dμ(ξ),

to be minimized over x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd. Write ∇F(x;ξ)\nabla F(x;\xi)∇F(x;ξ) for the gradient of F(⋅;ξ)F(\cdot;\xi)F(⋅;ξ) in xxx.

Assumption 1 asks that F(⋅;ξ)F(\cdot;\xi)F(⋅;ξ) be differentiable for μ\muμ-almost every ξ\xiξ, that the stochastic gradient have bounded second moment, sup⁡xE∥∇F(x;ξ)∥22≤B<∞\sup_x\mathbb E\|\nabla F(x;\xi)\|_2^2\le B<\inftysupx​E∥∇F(x;ξ)∥22​≤B<∞, and that its mean x↦E[∇F(x;ξ)]x\mapsto\mathbb E[\nabla F(x;\xi)]x↦E[∇F(x;ξ)] be LLL-Lipschitz.

Distributed asynchronous SGD (DASGD, Algorithm 3 of the paper) starts at X0=x0X_0=x_0X0​=x0​ and updates

Xn+1=Xn−αn+1∇F(Xs(n),ωn+1),X_{n+1}=X_n-\alpha_{n+1}\nabla F(X_{s(n)},\omega_{n+1}),Xn+1​=Xn​−αn+1​∇F(Xs(n)​,ωn+1​),

where αn>0\alpha_n>0αn​>0 are step sizes, (ωn)(\omega_n)(ωn​) is an i.i.d. sequence with law μ\muμ, and s(n)≤ns(n)\le ns(n)≤n is the iteration at which the gradient applied at step nnn was requested. Its delay is n−s(n)n-s(n)n−s(n).

Assumption 2 couples delays and step sizes. It requires one of four regimes:

  1. bounded delays, with ∑αn2<∞\sum\alpha_n^2<\infty∑αn2​<∞ and ∑αn=∞\sum\alpha_n=\infty∑αn​=∞;
  2. delays O(np)O(n^p)O(np) with 0<p<10<p<10<p<1, and αn∝1/n\alpha_n\propto 1/nαn​∝1/n;
  3. delays O(n)O(n)O(n), and αn∝1/(nlog⁡n)\alpha_n\propto 1/(n\log n)αn​∝1/(nlogn);
  4. delays O(nq)O(n^q)O(nq) with q≥1q\ge 1q≥1, and αn∝1/(nlog⁡nlog⁡log⁡n)\alpha_n\propto 1/(n\log n\log\log n)αn​∝1/(nlognloglogn).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

If Assumptions 1 and 2 hold and inf⁡xf(x)>−∞\inf_x f(x)>-\inftyinfx​f(x)>−∞, then

lim⁡n→∞E[∥∇f(Xn)∥22]=0.\lim_{n\to\infty}\mathbb E\big[\|\nabla f(X_n)\|_2^2\big]=0.n→∞lim​E[∥∇f(Xn​)∥22​]=0.

The goal covers all four regimes at once, through the disjunction in Assumption 2. It fixes no constant: BBB, LLL and the regime's parameters are arbitrary.

Milestones

  • Remark 1: fff is differentiable, ∇f=E[∇F]\nabla f=\mathbb E[\nabla F]∇f=E[∇F], and ∇f\nabla f∇f is LLL-Lipschitz.
  • The Jensen bound: ∥∇f(x)∥22≤B\|\nabla f(x)\|_2^2\le B∥∇f(x)∥22​≤B.
  • (B.4): E∥∇f(Xs(n))−∇f(Xn)∥2≤LBˉ∑r=s(n)n−1αr+1\mathbb E\|\nabla f(X_{s(n)})-\nabla f(X_n)\|_2\le L\bar B\sum_{r=s(n)}^{n-1}\alpha_{r+1}E∥∇f(Xs(n)​)−∇f(Xn​)∥2​≤LBˉ∑r=s(n)n−1​αr+1​, where Bˉ\bar BBˉ bounds E∥∇F∥2\mathbb E\|\nabla F\|_2E∥∇F∥2​.
  • (B.5): the expected one-step descent inequality with its delay term.
  • Delay sums: in each of the four regimes, ∑nαn+12<∞\sum_n\alpha_{n+1}^2<\infty∑n​αn+12​<∞ and ∑nαn+1∑r=s(n)n−1αr+1<∞\sum_n\alpha_{n+1}\sum_{r=s(n)}^{n-1}\alpha_{r+1}<\infty∑n​αn+1​∑r=s(n)n−1​αr+1​<∞, and ∑nαn+1=∞\sum_n\alpha_{n+1}=\infty∑n​αn+1​=∞ in regimes 2–4. These are the paper's case (1) and (B.8), (B.9) and (B.10).
  • Lemma 1: ∑nαn+1E∥∇f(Xn)∥22<∞\sum_n\alpha_{n+1}\mathbb E\|\nabla f(X_n)\|_2^2<\infty∑n​αn+1​E∥∇f(Xn​)∥22​<∞.
  • Lemma 2: ∣E∥∇f(Xn+1)∥22−E∥∇f(Xn)∥22∣≤Cαn+1\big|\mathbb E\|\nabla f(X_{n+1})\|_2^2-\mathbb E\|\nabla f(X_n)\|_2^2\big|\le C\alpha_{n+1}​E∥∇f(Xn+1​)∥22​−E∥∇f(Xn​)∥22​​≤Cαn+1​.
  • Lemma A.4: if an,bn≥0a_n,b_n\ge0an​,bn​≥0, ∑an=∞\sum a_n=\infty∑an​=∞, ∑anbn<∞\sum a_nb_n<\infty∑an​bn​<∞ and ∣bn+1−bn∣≤Kan|b_{n+1}-b_n|\le Ka_n∣bn+1​−bn​∣≤Kan​, then bn→0b_n\to0bn​→0.

Significance

The result. For a general nonconvex smooth objective, convergence to a minimizer cannot be expected. The standard guarantee is that the gradient vanishes, and Theorem 1 gives it in mean square, which also implies convergence in probability of ∥∇f(Xn)∥2\|\nabla f(X_n)\|_2∥∇f(Xn​)∥2​ to zero. The theorem shows that asynchronous SGD stays stable under delays that grow without bound, and it identifies the price: each step up in delay growth costs a logarithmic factor in the step size. A step size of order 1/(nlog⁡n)1/(n\log n)1/(nlogn) is, up to a log⁡log⁡n\log\log nloglogn factor, sufficient for every polynomial delay process. The guarantee does not depend on whether the architecture is master–worker or shared-memory, since only s(n)s(n)s(n) enters.

Formalizing it. The paper proves the result, but no machine-checked version of any asynchronous or delayed SGD guarantee exists on Prove2Me or in Mathlib. A formal proof would check the step most prone to error in such analyses: the conditioning that makes a stale stochastic gradient unbiased given the past. The page's own chain before (B.5) has a constant slip (B\sqrt BB​ where BBB belongs), which the printed (B.5) absorbs. The delay-sum estimates (B.8)–(B.10) are asymptotic computations with logarithms, and the paper states them with "∼Kˉ\sim\bar K∼Kˉ". The reusable parts are the differentiation-under-the-integral lemma (Remark 1) and the series lemma A.4.

Difficulty

Without delays, the descent inequality telescopes directly: the cross term ⟨∇f(Xn),∇F(Xn,ωn+1)−∇f(Xn)⟩\langle\nabla f(X_n),\nabla F(X_n,\omega_{n+1})-\nabla f(X_n)\rangle⟨∇f(Xn​),∇F(Xn​,ωn+1​)−∇f(Xn​)⟩ has zero conditional mean. With delays, the gradient is unbiased for ∇f(Xs(n))\nabla f(X_{s(n)})∇f(Xs(n)​), not for ∇f(Xn)\nabla f(X_n)∇f(Xn​). The discrepancy has to be paid for out of the step sizes accumulated over the delay window. When the window grows polynomially, it is a sum over polynomially many past steps, and finiteness of the total penalty depends on the precise step-size law. A cruder bound that ignores the logarithmic factors fails in regimes 3 and 4.

A second obstacle is that a finite weighted sum ∑αn+1E∥∇f(Xn)∥22<∞\sum\alpha_{n+1}\mathbb E\|\nabla f(X_n)\|_2^2<\infty∑αn+1​E∥∇f(Xn​)∥22​<∞ gives only a lim inf⁡\liminfliminf. The paper's own counterexamples (p. 10) show that it does not imply convergence. The increment bound of Lemma 2 is what closes the gap.

Formalization scope

  • Space and gradients. Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and ∇\nabla∇ is Mathlib's gradient. gradient returns 000 at points of non-differentiability, so the goal also asserts that fff is differentiable.
  • Probability spaces. The noise space (Ξ,μ)(\Xi,\mu)(Ξ,μ) carries FFF. A separate probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega,\mathbb P)(Ω,P) carries the i.i.d. sequence ωn\omega_nωn​ (measurable, independent, each with law μ\muμ).
  • Iterates. The iterates are characterized by the recursion as a hypothesis, which has exactly one solution.
  • Delays. The delay schedule sss is deterministic with s(n)≤ns(n)\le ns(n)≤n. "dn=O(nq)d_n=O(n^q)dn​=O(nq)" is read on received gradients as n−s(n)≤K(s(n)+1)qn-s(n)\le K(s(n)+1)^qn−s(n)≤K(s(n)+1)q.
  • Step sizes. "αn∝φ(n)\alpha_n\propto\varphi(n)αn​∝φ(n)" means αn=c φ(n)\alpha_n=c\,\varphi(n)αn​=cφ(n) for all nnn from some NNN on, with every αn>0\alpha_n>0αn​>0.
  • Moments. BBB and LLL are named parameters: square integrability together with the bound BBB, and LLL-Lipschitzness of E[∇F]\mathbb E[\nabla F]E[∇F].
  • Disclosed additions. F(x;⋅)F(x;\cdot)F(x;⋅) is integrable, and (x,ξ)↦∇F(x;ξ)(x,\xi)\mapsto\nabla F(x;\xi)(x,ξ)↦∇F(x;ξ) is jointly measurable.
  • Integrability. Every expectation in a conclusion carries its integrability as a conjunct.

A Lean integral of a non-integrable function is 000, and gradient is 000 where fff is not differentiable. Those conjuncts are there so that the goal cannot be proved through either junk value. The goal is also stated for all four regimes, with the delay inside the recursion, so it is not the classical bounded-delay theorem.

A complete development needs:

  • conditional expectation against the past iterates and independence of ωn+1\omega_{n+1}ωn+1​ from X0,…,XnX_0,\dots,X_nX0​,…,Xn​;
  • the descent lemma for LLL-smooth functions;
  • differentiation under the integral sign;
  • asymptotic estimates for sums of 1/(rlog⁡rlog⁡log⁡r)1/(r\log r\log\log r)1/(rlogrloglogr).

Contributions of the real-analysis milestones (Lemma A.4, the delay sums) are welcome independently of the probabilistic ones.

Selected references

  • Z. Zhou, P. Mertikopoulos, N. Bambos, P. W. Glynn, Y. Ye, Distributed Stochastic Optimization with Large Delays, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2022; arXiv:2107.02919v1. https://arxiv.org/abs/2107.02919
  • D. P. Bertsekas, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Parallel and Distributed Computation: Numerical Methods, Prentice Hall, 1989; reprinted by Athena Scientific, 1997.
  • A. Agarwal, J. C. Duchi, Distributed Delayed Stochastic Optimization, NeurIPS 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1104.5525
  • B. Recht, C. Ré, S. Wright, F. Niu, Hogwild!: A Lock-Free Approach to Parallelizing Stochastic Gradient Descent, NeurIPS 2011. https://arxiv.org/abs/1106.5730
  • X. Lian, Y. Huang, Y. Li, J. Liu, Asynchronous Parallel Stochastic Gradient for Nonconvex Optimization, NeurIPS 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1506.08272
13 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Data Exploration by Representative Region Selection: Axioms and Convergence: Density Estimates from Arbitrarily Precise Families of RRS Methods Are Consistent in Integrated Absolute ErrorResearch Paper

Motivation

Exploratory data analysis often summarizes a large data set by a small number of representative regions: histogram bins, the leaves of a density estimation tree, balls around cluster centres, or the regions chosen by a covering or kkk-center optimization. Estes, Ball and Lovell (SSRN 3005997; Mathematics of Operations Research, 2021, doi:10.1287/moor.2020.1115) treat all of these as instances of one abstraction, the representative region selection (RRS) method, motivated by summarizing air-traffic ground-delay programs at Newark airport. The first half of their paper proposes axioms for the quality of such summaries. The second half (§6) asks a statistical question: when the data are an i.i.d. sample, do the summaries converge to the population they describe? This mission formalizes that convergence theory, culminating in the consistency of the density estimate that any RRS method induces.

Setting

Let MMM be a set. An RRS method on MMM is a pair (C,f)(\mathcal C, f)(C,f): C⊆2M\mathcal C \subseteq 2^MC⊆2M is a class of allowed regions, and fff maps every finite set S⊆MS \subseteq MS⊆M to a finite set f(S)⊆Cf(S) \subseteq \mathcal Cf(S)⊆C. The coverage region is C(S;f)=⋃A∈f(S)AC(S; f) = \bigcup_{A \in f(S)} AC(S;f)=⋃A∈f(S)​A. The method is sample-covering if S⊆C(S;f)S \subseteq C(S; f)S⊆C(S;f), and sample-intersecting if every A∈f(S)A \in f(S)A∈f(S) contains a point of SSS.

Now let (M,d)(M, d)(M,d) be a metric space with a σ-algebra containing every closed ball, and let X1,X2,…X_1, X_2, \dotsX1​,X2​,… be i.i.d. MMM-valued random variables with law PXP_XPX​. Write Sn={X1,…,Xn}S_n = \{X_1, \dots, X_n\}Sn​={X1​,…,Xn​}, Cn(f)=C(Sn;f)C_n(f) = C(S_n; f)Cn​(f)=C(Sn​;f), and P^X,n(T)\hat P_{X,n}(T)P^X,n​(T) for the fraction of the first nnn observations lying in TTT. The support of PXP_XPX​ is the set of points all of whose closed balls of positive radius have positive probability.

Regularity is imposed on the class, not on the method. A scalable class (C,Θ,R)(\mathcal C, \Theta, R)(C,Θ,R) writes every region as R(θ,λ)R(\theta, \lambda)R(θ,λ) with a shape parameter θ∈Θ\theta \in \Thetaθ∈Θ and a scale λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, non-decreasing in λ\lambdaλ. It is uniform-scale if increasing the scale by ε\varepsilonε swells every region by a closed ball of a radius δ(ε)\delta(\varepsilon)δ(ε) that does not depend on the region, and uniformly continuous with respect to PXP_XPX​ if changing the scale by δ(ε)\delta(\varepsilon)δ(ε) changes the probability of every region by at most ε\varepsilonε.

A family {(C,fm)}m∈N\{(\mathcal C, f_m)\}_{m \in \mathbb N}{(C,fm​)}m∈N​ is arbitrarily precise if, for every ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, all methods far enough along the family eventually (almost surely, as nnn grows) output regions of diameter at most ε\varepsilonε. A method is uniformly positive with respect to a reference measure μ\muμ if its regions have μ\muμ-measure bounded below, and has asymptotically-bounded cardinality if it eventually outputs at most uuu regions. When PXP_XPX​ has a density gXg_XgX​ with respect to μ\muμ, the RRS density estimate at xxx averages P^X,n(A)/μ(A)\hat P_{X,n}(A)/\mu(A)P^X,n​(A)/μ(A) over the chosen regions AAA that contain xxx:

g^n(x;f)=1∣cn(x;f)∣∑A∈cn(x;f)P^X,n(A)μ(A),cn(x;f)={A∈f(Sn):x∈A},\hat g_n(x; f) = \frac{1}{|c_n(x; f)|} \sum_{A \in c_n(x; f)} \frac{\hat P_{X,n}(A)}{\mu(A)}, \qquad c_n(x; f) = \{A \in f(S_n) : x \in A\},g^​n​(x;f)=∣cn​(x;f)∣1​A∈cn​(x;f)∑​μ(A)P^X,n​(A)​,cn​(x;f)={A∈f(Sn​):x∈A},

and g^n(x;f)=0\hat g_n(x; f) = 0g^​n​(x;f)=0 when no chosen region covers xxx.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.5 (p. 28)

If the support KKK of PXP_XPX​ is compact with PX(K)=1P_X(K) = 1PX​(K)=1, gXg_XgX​ is continuous, some closed neighbourhood of KKK has finite μ\muμ-measure, and {fm}\{f_m\}{fm​} is an arbitrarily precise family over a uniform-scale class that is uniformly continuous with respect to PXP_XPX​, with each fmf_mfm​ sample-covering, sample-intersecting, of asymptotically-bounded cardinality and uniformly positive, then almost surely

lim⁡m→∞lim sup⁡n→∞∫M∣gX−g^n(⋅ ;fm)∣ dμ=0.\lim_{m \to \infty} \limsup_{n \to \infty} \int_M \bigl|g_X - \hat g_n(\cdot\,; f_m)\bigr| \, d\mu = 0.m→∞lim​n→∞limsup​∫M​​gX​−g^​n​(⋅;fm​)​dμ=0.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 6.1 (p. 22): such a class is Glivenko–Cantelli, sup⁡A∈C∣P^X,n(A)−PX(A)∣→0\sup_{A \in \mathcal C} |\hat P_{X,n}(A) - P_X(A)| \to 0supA∈C​∣P^X,n​(A)−PX​(A)∣→0 a.s.
  2. Corollary 6.1 (p. 24): the same supremum over the chosen regions A∈f(Sn)A \in f(S_n)A∈f(Sn​).
  3. Lemma 6.1 (p. 24): for a sample-covering method and compact KKK inside the support, sup⁡x∈Kd(x,Cn(f))→0\sup_{x \in K} d(x, C_n(f)) \to 0supx∈K​d(x,Cn​(f))→0 a.s.
  4. Theorem 6.2 (p. 24): with asymptotically-bounded cardinality, PX(K∖Cn(f))→0P_X(K \setminus C_n(f)) \to 0PX​(K∖Cn​(f))→0 a.s.
  5. Corollary 6.2 (p. 25): PX(Cn(f))→1P_X(C_n(f)) \to 1PX​(Cn​(f))→1 a.s.
  6. Theorem 6.4 (p. 26): lim⁡mlim sup⁡nsup⁡x∈Cn(fm)∣gX(x)−g^n(x;fm)∣=0\lim_m \limsup_n \sup_{x \in C_n(f_m)} |g_X(x) - \hat g_n(x; f_m)| = 0limm​limsupn​supx∈Cn​(fm​)​∣gX​(x)−g^​n​(x;fm​)∣=0 a.s.

Significance

The goal shows that one estimator, defined uniformly from any RRS method, is L1L^1L1-consistent under conditions that are checked once for the class of regions and once for the method. Histograms, density estimation trees, and the paper's own minimum-dominating-set and kkk-center summaries (Corollaries 7.1 and 7.2) all become consistent density estimators as soon as they satisfy those conditions. Theorem 6.1 is of independent interest: it is a Glivenko–Cantelli theorem whose hypotheses are geometric and measure-theoretic rather than combinatorial, applying to classes for which no finite VC dimension is known.

The results are proved on paper; none is machine-checked. The mission produces a formal layer for region-based empirical processes (RRS methods, uniform-scale classes, the region-average density estimate) and machine-checked versions of the convergence chain. The formal statements also repair two places where the printed hypotheses are too weak (see Formalization scope), so a completed development certifies corrected theorems, not merely transcribed ones.

Difficulty

The regions an RRS method selects depend on the sample, so the law of large numbers cannot be applied region by region: there are uncountably many candidate regions and no fixed finite family to which the strong law applies. The uniform convergence of Theorem 6.1 must instead come from a finite approximation of the whole class, combining compactness of the support with the uniform-scale and uniform-continuity hypotheses, and the approximation has to work at every scale, including scales smaller than the approximation step. The goal adds a second limit: the error splits into a part on the coverage region, governed by the uniform estimate of Theorem 6.4, and a part on the uncovered portion of the support where the estimate is zero, governed by Corollary 6.2. The two limits (n→∞n \to \inftyn→∞ inside, m→∞m \to \inftym→∞ outside) and the almost-sure quantifier must be interleaved correctly, with countably many null sets collected over mmm.

Formalization scope

All statements live in the namespace RepRegion.Density, with one definitions file RepRegion.Density.Model. MMM is a metric space with an arbitrary σ-algebra in which every closed ball is measurable (no Borel assumption); Ω\OmegaΩ is a probability space; the observations are X : ℕ → Ω → M, measurable, mutually independent (iIndepFun) and identically distributed, indexed from 000. PXP_XPX​ is P.map (X 0). The reference measure μ\muμ is an arbitrary measure on MMM. Regions are Set M, a method is Finset M → Finset (Set M), and the scale map is R : Θ → ℝ → Set M, read only at positive scales.

Committed conventions:

  • the empirical measure counts observations with multiplicity; the paper's ∣T∩Sn∣/n|T \cap S_n|/n∣T∩Sn​∣/n with SnS_nSn​ a set would fail for laws with atoms;
  • the terms R(θ,λ−ε)R(\theta, \lambda - \varepsilon)R(θ,λ−ε) and R(θ,λ−δ)R(\theta, \lambda - \delta)R(θ,λ−δ) of the uniform-scale and uniform-continuity definitions are read as ∅\emptyset∅ when the scale is not positive. In particular, regions of scale at most δ(ε)\delta(\varepsilon)δ(ε) must have probability at most ε\varepsilonε; without this, Theorem 6.1 fails (a counterexample on [0,1][0, 1][0,1] is recorded in its statement);
  • suprema, limits superior and integrals of errors are taken in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]; the integrated error is a lower Lebesgue integral, never a Bochner integral;
  • diameters are stated pairwise (d(x,y)≤Ld(x, y) \le Ld(x,y)≤L), and probabilities of regions are compared with addition rather than truncated subtraction;
  • the regions the methods output have finite μ\muμ-measure, so that g^\hat gg^​ is defined; the paper never states this;
  • the goal's printed conclusion "=ε= \varepsilon=ε" (with ε\varepsilonε unbound) is stated as "=0= 0=0", as its proof and the paper's corollaries establish;
  • the goal assumes gXg_XgX​ continuous on MMM (the paper: on KKK), the hypothesis of Theorem 6.4 that its proof invokes; Theorem 6.4 is stated with gXg_XgX​ uniformly continuous, because with mere continuity it fails for reference measures that do not charge every open set.

A formalization in which the error is a Bochner integral, a supremum is a real sSup, or a diameter is Metric.diam would make the conclusions hold for junk reasons on non-integrable or unbounded inputs; those encodings are ruled out.

A complete development needs the strong law of large numbers for indicators (in Mathlib), finite nets of compact metric sets, and almost-sure hitting arguments for balls of positive probability. The region-based Glivenko–Cantelli theorem and the coverage results are reusable for any later mission on partition-based estimators. Proofs of the individual milestones, alternative arguments, and a version of the goal under continuity of gXg_XgX​ on KKK alone are all welcome.

Selected references

  • A. S. Estes, M. O. Ball, D. J. Lovell, Data Exploration by Representative Region Selection: Axioms and Convergence, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2021. SSRN preprint 3005997: https://ssrn.com/abstract=3005997 ; journal version: https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2020.1115
  • G. R. Shorack, J. A. Wellner, Empirical Processes with Applications to Statistics, SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9780898719017
  • V. N. Vapnik, A. Ya. Chervonenkis, On the uniform convergence of relative frequencies of events to their probabilities, in Empirical Inference, Springer, 2013 (English translation of the 1968/1971 work). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-41136-6_3
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Accelerated MM Algorithms for Ranking Scores Inference from Comparison Data: Rescaled MM for Bradley–Terry MAP Estimation Contracts the Log-Posterior Gap at a Rate Set by Algebraic ConnectivityResearch Paper

Ranking from paired comparisons

Paired-comparison data (which of two items a user clicked, which of two players won a game, which of two products a respondent preferred) are summarised by ranking scores, one real number per item. The Bradley–Terry model (Bradley and Terry, 1952) is the standard statistical model for such scores, and its parameters are estimated by maximum likelihood or by maximum a posteriori (MAP) estimation. The workhorse for both is the MM algorithm (minorize–maximize), systematised for the Bradley–Terry family by Hunter (2004); the MAP version with a Gamma prior is due to Caron and Doucet (2012).

Vojnović, Yun and Zhou (arXiv:1901.00150v3) give the first rate-of-convergence analysis of these algorithms that depends on the structure of the comparison data. They find that the classic MAP iteration can be arbitrarily slow when the prior is weak, and that a simple rescaling of each iterate removes the slowdown. This mission formalizes the rate of the rescaled MM algorithm, the paper's Corollary 4.2.

Setting

There are nnn items. For i≠ji\ne ji=j, di,j∈Nd_{i,j}\in\mathbb Ndi,j​∈N is the number of comparisons in which item iii beat item jjj. The co-occurrence matrix MMM has entries mi,j=di,j+dj,im_{i,j}=d_{i,j}+d_{j,i}mi,j​=di,j​+dj,i​ for i≠ji\ne ji=j and mi,i=0m_{i,i}=0mi,i​=0. Three quantities of MMM enter the rate:

  • d(M)=∥M∥∞=max⁡i∑jmi,jd(M)=\|M\|_\infty=\max_i\sum_j m_{i,j}d(M)=∥M∥∞​=maxi​∑j​mi,j​, the maximum number of comparisons of an item;
  • the Laplacian LM=DM−ML_M=D_M-MLM​=DM​−M, where DMD_MDM​ is diagonal with the row sums of MMM;
  • the algebraic connectivity a(M)=λ2(LM)a(M)=\lambda_2(L_M)a(M)=λ2​(LM​), the second smallest eigenvalue of LML_MLM​, which is positive exactly when the comparison graph is connected for n≥2n\ge2n≥2.

The parameter is w∈Rnw\in\mathbb R^nw∈Rn, with item strengths θi=ewi\theta_i=e^{w_i}θi​=ewi​, and item iii beats item jjj with probability ewi/(ewi+ewj)e^{w_i}/(e^{w_i}+e^{w_j})ewi​/(ewi​+ewj​). The log-likelihood and the log-prior of independent Gamma(α,β)\mathrm{Gamma}(\alpha,\beta)Gamma(α,β) priors on the ewie^{w_i}ewi​ are

ℓ(w)=∑i=1n∑j≠idi,j(wi−log⁡(ewi+ewj)),ℓ0(w)=∑i=1n((α−1)wi−βewi).\ell(w)=\sum_{i=1}^n\sum_{j\ne i}d_{i,j}\bigl(w_i-\log(e^{w_i}+e^{w_j})\bigr),\qquad \ell_0(w)=\sum_{i=1}^n\bigl((\alpha-1)w_i-\beta e^{w_i}\bigr).ℓ(w)=i=1∑n​j=i∑​di,j​(wi​−log(ewi​+ewj​)),ℓ0​(w)=i=1∑n​((α−1)wi​−βewi​).

The log-a posteriori function is ρ=ℓ+ℓ0\rho=\ell+\ell_0ρ=ℓ+ℓ0​, and the MAP estimate w∗w^*w∗ maximizes it. The MM algorithm maximizes, at each step, the surrogate ρ(x;w(t))=ℓ(x;w(t))+ℓ0(x)\rho(x;w^{(t)})=\ell(x;w^{(t)})+\ell_0(x)ρ(x;w(t))=ℓ(x;w(t))+ℓ0​(x), where

ℓ(x;y)=∑i=1n∑j≠idi,j(xi−exi+exjeyi+eyj−log⁡(eyi+eyj)+1)\ell(x;y)=\sum_{i=1}^n\sum_{j\ne i}d_{i,j}\Bigl(x_i-\frac{e^{x_i}+e^{x_j}}{e^{y_i}+e^{y_j}}-\log(e^{y_i}+e^{y_j})+1\Bigr)ℓ(x;y)=i=1∑n​j=i∑​di,j​(xi​−eyi​+eyj​exi​+exj​​−log(eyi​+eyj​)+1)

lies below ℓ\ellℓ and touches it at x=yx=yx=y. The rescaling is Π(x)=x+c(x)1\Pi(x)=x+c(x)\mathbf 1Π(x)=x+c(x)1 with c(x)=log⁡(α−1βn)−log⁡∑iexic(x)=\log\bigl(\tfrac{\alpha-1}{\beta}n\bigr)-\log\sum_i e^{x_i}c(x)=log(βα−1​n)−log∑i​exi​. It shifts all scores by a common constant so that ∑iθi=n(α−1)/β\sum_i\theta_i=n(\alpha-1)/\beta∑i​θi​=n(α−1)/β. The rescaled MM algorithm (Algorithm 1) is w(t+1)=Π(x′)w^{(t+1)}=\Pi(x')w(t+1)=Π(x′) with x′x'x′ a maximizer of ρ(⋅ ;w(t))\rho(\cdot\,;w^{(t)})ρ(⋅;w(t)). Finally Wω={w:∥w∥∞≤ω}W_\omega=\{w:\|w\|_\infty\le\omega\}Wω​={w:∥w∥∞​≤ω} and cω=1/(e−ω+eω)2c_\omega=1/(e^{-\omega}+e^{\omega})^2cω​=1/(e−ω+eω)2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 4.2

If the MAP point w∗w^*w∗, the iterate w(t)w^{(t)}w(t) (an output of Π\PiΠ) and the virtual gradient point all lie in WωW_\omegaWω​, then

ρ(w∗)−ρ(w(t+1))≤(1−αM,ω,β)(ρ(w∗)−ρ(w(t))),αM,ω,β=2cωa(M)+2e−ωβ(1+e2ω)d(M)+2eωβ.\rho(w^*)-\rho(w^{(t+1)})\le\bigl(1-\alpha_{M,\omega,\beta}\bigr)\bigl(\rho(w^*)-\rho(w^{(t)})\bigr),\qquad \alpha_{M,\omega,\beta}=\frac{2c_\omega a(M)+2e^{-\omega}\beta}{(1+e^{2\omega})d(M)+2e^{\omega}\beta}.ρ(w∗)−ρ(w(t+1))≤(1−αM,ω,β​)(ρ(w∗)−ρ(w(t))),αM,ω,β​=(1+e2ω)d(M)+2eωβ2cω​a(M)+2e−ωβ​.

Milestones

The milestones follow the structure of the paper:

  • the minorization property of ℓ(x;y)\ell(x;y)ℓ(x;y);
  • the surrogate gap bounds ρ(x;y)−ρ(x)≥−δ2∥x−y∥2\rho(x;y)-\rho(x)\ge-\frac\delta2\|x-y\|^2ρ(x;y)−ρ(x)≥−2δ​∥x−y∥2 on [−ω,ω]n[-\omega,\omega]^n[−ω,ω]n with δ=12e2ωd(M)\delta=\frac12e^{2\omega}d(M)δ=21​e2ωd(M) (Lemmas 3.3, 3.5);
  • strong convexity and smoothness of −ρ-\rho−ρ on WωW_\omegaWω​ (Lemma 3.4) and the bound λn(LM)≤2d(M)\lambda_n(L_M)\le2d(M)λn​(LM​)≤2d(M);
  • condition (F1), smoothness of −ρ-\rho−ρ with μ=d(M)/2+eωβ\mu=d(M)/2+e^{\omega}\betaμ=d(M)/2+eωβ;
  • the Hessian bound ∇2(−ρ)⪰cωLM+e−ωβI\nabla^2(-\rho)\succeq c_\omega L_M+e^{-\omega}\beta I∇2(−ρ)⪰cω​LM​+e−ωβI on WωW_\omegaWω​;
  • the general PL lemma (Lemma 4.1) and its instance (F2), the PL inequality for −ρ-\rho−ρ with γ=cωa(M)+e−ωβ\gamma=c_\omega a(M)+e^{-\omega}\betaγ=cω​a(M)+e−ωβ on Wω∩{∇ρ⊤1=0}W_\omega\cap\{\nabla\rho^\top\mathbf 1=0\}Wω​∩{∇ρ⊤1=0};
  • the two properties of Π\PiΠ (Lemma 4.2): ρ(Π(w))≥ρ(w)\rho(\Pi(w))\ge\rho(w)ρ(Π(w))≥ρ(w) and ∇ρ(Π(w))⊤1=0\nabla\rho(\Pi(w))^\top\mathbf 1=0∇ρ(Π(w))⊤1=0;
  • the general one-step theorem for Π\PiΠ-transformed MM (Theorem 4.2), with rate γ/(μ+δ)\gamma/(\mu+\delta)γ/(μ+δ).

Significance

Without rescaling, the MAP rate of MM (the paper's Corollary 3.4) is 1−Ω(β/(β+d(M)))1-\Omega(\beta/(\beta+d(M)))1−Ω(β/(β+d(M))), and the paper shows this is tight on two items. For a weak prior, which is the usual choice in practice, convergence is therefore arbitrarily slow. The rescaled rate replaces β\betaβ by cωa(M)+e−ωβc_\omega a(M)+e^{-\omega}\betacω​a(M)+e−ωβ. It thus recovers, as β→0\beta\to0β→0, the maximum-likelihood rate governed by the algebraic connectivity of the comparison graph, at the cost of one normalisation per step. This explains the many-orders-of-magnitude speed-ups that the paper reports on real datasets.

The framework of §4.1 is stated for any objective, any surrogate and any map Π\PiΠ satisfying (F1), (F2), (P1), (P2). It applies to other generalized Bradley–Terry models (Rao–Kupper, Luce, Plackett–Luce) and to gradient descent. The results are proved on paper; none of them, and none of the Bradley–Terry objects, has a machine-checked proof that we know of. A formalization would also settle the points the printed statements leave implicit (see below).

Difficulty

The objective −ρ-\rho−ρ is not strongly convex with a useful constant on all of WωW_\omegaWω​: its curvature in the direction 1\mathbf 11 comes only from the prior and is of order β\betaβ. The natural argument (strong convexity of −ρ-\rho−ρ gives a PL inequality, and the PL inequality gives a linear rate) therefore yields only the slow β\betaβ-dependent rate. The faster rate needs a PL inequality that holds only on the points where ∇ρ⊥1\nabla\rho\perp\mathbf 1∇ρ⊥1 (Lemma 4.1). This uses the fact that the Hessian bound cωLM+e−ωβIc_\omega L_M+e^{-\omega}\beta Icω​LM​+e−ωβI does not couple 1\mathbf 11 with its orthogonal complement. The rescaling must then keep every iterate in that set without decreasing ρ\rhoρ.

All curvature bounds hold only on the box WωW_\omegaWω​, because βewi\beta e^{w_i}βewi​ is unbounded. The MM step is compared with a virtual gradient step, and that step must stay in the box.

Formalization scope

Parameters live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) (items are 0-based); ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is the Euclidean norm and WωW_\omegaWω​ uses the sup norm. Counts are natural numbers and every sum runs over j≠ij\ne ij=i. Eigenvalues come from Mathlib's eigenvalues₀, and a(M)a(M)a(M) is 000 by convention for n<2n<2n<2. Gradients are Mathlib's gradient; the Hessian forms are second iterated Fréchet derivatives. The framework minimizes f=−ρf=-\rhof=−ρ, exactly as the paper does.

The goal fixes these points, relative to the printed statement:

  • α>1\alpha>1α>1 instead of α≥1\alpha\ge1α≥1, because Π\PiΠ takes log⁡((α−1)n/β)\log((\alpha-1)n/\beta)log((α−1)n/β);
  • w∗w^*w∗ is a maximizer of ρ\rhoρ lying in WωW_\omegaWω​;
  • w(t)∈Wωw^{(t)}\in W_\omegaw(t)∈Wω​ is an output of Π\PiΠ;
  • the virtual point w(t)+1μ+δ∇ρ(w(t))w^{(t)}+\frac{1}{\mu+\delta}\nabla\rho(w^{(t)})w(t)+μ+δ1​∇ρ(w(t)) lies in WωW_\omegaWω​, the hypothesis of the paper's Theorem 3.2;
  • the MM step is any maximizer of the surrogate.

Theorem 4.2 is stated with rate γ/(μ+δ)\gamma/(\mu+\delta)γ/(μ+δ); the page prints γ/(γ+δ)\gamma/(\gamma+\delta)γ/(γ+δ), which does not match its own proof or Corollary 4.2.

The goal does not assume (F1), (F2), (P1) or the surrogate bound for ρ\rhoρ. Those are milestones about the concrete model. Stating Corollary 4.2 with any of them as a hypothesis, or with Π\PiΠ or the MM step replaced by an abstract map, would be a different and weaker theorem.

A complete development needs, besides the model file, a descent lemma for functions with Lipschitz gradient on a convex set and the variational characterisation of λ2\lambda_2λ2​ of a symmetric matrix. It also needs Gershgorin's theorem and second-order calculus for log-sum-exp functions; these are reusable well beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, including the general Lemma 4.1 and Theorem 4.2 independently of the Bradley–Terry model, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Vojnović, S.-Y. Yun, K. Zhou, Accelerated MM Algorithms for Ranking Scores Inference from Comparison Data, arXiv:1901.00150v3, 2020 (Operations Research, 2023). https://arxiv.org/abs/1901.00150
  • R. A. Bradley, M. E. Terry, Rank analysis of incomplete block designs I, Biometrika 39, 1952. https://www.jstor.org/stable/2334029
  • D. R. Hunter, MM algorithms for generalized Bradley–Terry models, Ann. Statist. 32, 2004. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1079120141
  • F. Caron, A. Doucet, Efficient Bayesian inference for generalized Bradley–Terry models, J. Comput. Graph. Statist. 21, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1080/10618600.2012.638220
  • M. Fiedler, Algebraic connectivity of graphs, Czechoslovak Math. J. 23, 1973. https://doi.org/10.21136/CMJ.1973.101168
  • B. T. Polyak, Gradient methods for minimizing functionals, USSR Comput. Math. Math. Phys. 3, 1963. https://doi.org/10.1016/0041-5553(63)90382-3
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbabilityReinforcement Learning·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonasymptotic Analysis of Monte Carlo Tree Search: UCB with a Polynomial Bonus on a Non-Stationary Bandit Converges and Concentrates PolynomiallyResearch Paper

Motivation

Monte Carlo tree search repeatedly chooses actions using estimates built from earlier simulations. The rewards attached to an action need not form an independent, identically distributed sequence: deeper parts of the search tree change as the search proceeds. Shah, Xie and Xu isolate this difficulty in a non-stationary multi-armed bandit and study a version of upper confidence bound selection with a polynomial exploration bonus. Their bandit theorem is the concentration result used in their subsequent analysis of tree search; it is a distinct finite-sample result with explicit assumptions and constants. Shah, Xie and Xu, §5–§7

The mission concerns Theorem 3 of arXiv:1902.05213v4, including both its expected-reward bound and its two-sided concentration bound. It provides the bandit foundation for the paper's later Monte Carlo tree search statements. The latter require a separate model of the search tree and are outside this mission. Shah, Xie and Xu, Theorems 1 and 3

Setting

A reward table has K≥1K\ge1K≥1 arms and random variables Xi,tX_{i,t}Xi,t​, where Xi,tX_{i,t}Xi,t​ is the reward obtained on the tttth play of arm iii. Every reward lies in [−R,R][-R,R][−R,R] for a fixed R>0R>0R>0. The arm's empirical mean after s≥1s\ge1s≥1 plays is Xˉi,s=s−1∑t=1sXi,t\bar X_{i,s}=s^{-1}\sum_{t=1}^{s}X_{i,t}Xˉi,s​=s−1∑t=1s​Xi,t​, and the expectations of these means converge to μi\mu_iμi​. Rewards may depend on earlier rewards, including rewards from other arms. The model imposes no independence or identical-distribution assumption. Shah, Xie and Xu, §5, equation (12)

The per-arm concentration assumption fixes β>1\beta>1β>1, ξ>0\xi>0ξ>0, and 1/2≤η<11/2\le\eta<11/2≤η<1. For every s,z≥1s,z\ge1s,z≥1, both tails of sXˉi,s−sμis\bar X_{i,s}-s\mu_isXˉi,s​−sμi​ beyond sηzs^\eta zsηz have probability at most β/zξ\beta/z^\xiβ/zξ. This describes each arm's complete reward sequence without specifying a filtration or a sampling law. The limiting optimal arm i∗i_*i∗​ has mean μ∗=μi∗\mu_*=\mu_{i_*}μ∗​=μi∗​​; each other arm has gap Δi=μ∗−μi>0\Delta_i=\mu_*-\mu_i>0Δi​=μ∗​−μi​>0. Shah, Xie and Xu, §5, equation (13)

A run chooses arm ItI_tIt​ at round t≥1t\ge1t≥1. Its count Ti(t)T_i(t)Ti​(t) records how many rounds through ttt chose arm iii, and its average reward is Xˉn=n−1∑iTi(n)Xˉi,Ti(n)\bar X_n=n^{-1}\sum_iT_i(n)\bar X_{i,T_i(n)}Xˉn​=n−1∑i​Ti​(n)Xˉi,Ti​(n)​. The polynomial UCB index is Ui,s,t=Xˉi,s+Bt,sU_{i,s,t}=\bar X_{i,s}+B_{t,s}Ui,s,t​=Xˉi,s​+Bt,s​ for s>0s>0s>0, with Bt,s=β1/ξtα/ξ/s1−ηB_{t,s}=\beta^{1/\xi}t^{\alpha/\xi}/s^{1-\eta}Bt,s​=β1/ξtα/ξ/s1−η. At round ttt, the run maximizes the index formed using counts and bonus time t−1t-1t−1. An unplayed arm has infinite priority, and ties among eligible arms are arbitrary. Shah, Xie and Xu, §5.1–§5.2, equations (14)–(16)

Formalization targets

Expected-reward convergence

Theorem 3.A bounds the gap between expected run reward and the best limiting arm mean. With Δ\DeltaΔ a positive lower bound for every Δi\Delta_iΔi​, and η′=α/(ξ(1−η))\eta'=\alpha/(\xi(1-\eta))η′=α/(ξ(1−η)), the target for n≥1n\ge1n≥1 is

∣E[Xˉn]−μ∗∣≤∣E[Xˉi∗,n]−μ∗∣+2R(K−1)n[(2β1/ξΔ)1/(1−η)nη′+2α−2+1].\left|\mathbb E[\bar X_n]-\mu_*\right|\le \left|\mathbb E[\bar X_{i_*,n}]-\mu_*\right|+ \frac{2R(K-1)}{n}\left[ \left(\frac{2\beta^{1/\xi}}{\Delta}\right)^{1/(1-\eta)}n^{\eta'}+ \frac{2}{\alpha-2}+1\right].​E[Xˉn​]−μ∗​​≤​E[Xˉi∗​,n​]−μ∗​​+n2R(K−1)​[(Δ2β1/ξ​)1/(1−η)nη′+α−22​+1].

The first term is the optimal arm's own finite-sample bias. The remaining term is explicit in the bandit parameters. Lemma 2 and the displayed decomposition on page 18 are the curated targets for this part. Shah, Xie and Xu, Theorem 3.A and §6

Polynomial concentration

Theorem 3.B states that one constant β′>1\beta'>1β′>1, depending only on R,K,Δ,β,ξ,α,ηR,K,\Delta,\beta,\xi,\alpha,\etaR,K,Δ,β,ξ,α,η, bounds both tails for every admissible reward table, measurable UCB run, horizon n≥1n\ge1n≥1, and z≥1z\ge1z≥1:

P(nXˉn−nμ∗≥nη′z),P(nXˉn−nμ∗≤−nη′z)≤β′zξ′,η′=αξ(1−η)∈[1/2,1),ξ′=α−1>0.\mathbb P(n\bar X_n-n\mu_*\ge n^{\eta'}z),\quad \mathbb P(n\bar X_n-n\mu_*\le-n^{\eta'}z) \le \frac{\beta'}{z^{\xi'}},\qquad \eta'=\frac{\alpha}{\xi(1-\eta)}\in[1/2,1),\quad \xi'=\alpha-1>0.P(nXˉn​−nμ∗​≥nη′z),P(nXˉn​−nμ∗​≤−nη′z)≤zξ′β′​,η′=ξ(1−η)α​∈[1/2,1),ξ′=α−1>0.

The tuning parameter satisfies ξη(1−η)≤α<ξ(1−η)\xi\eta(1-\eta)\le\alpha<\xi(1-\eta)ξη(1−η)≤α<ξ(1−η) and α>2\alpha>2α>2. Lemma 1, the event inclusion (34), the play-count tail (36), and Lemma 3 are the curated targets for this part. The same theorem statement carries parts A and B. Shah, Xie and Xu, Theorem 3 and §6.1–§6.3

Significance

The expected-reward bound relates the run's finite-horizon mean to the optimal arm's own mean and to an explicit penalty for sampling other arms. The concentration bound says that the run's cumulative reward inherits polynomial two-sided tails at a derived exponent. Together these claims let the paper apply a bandit guarantee in its analysis of Monte Carlo tree search, where an action's reward process changes as the search continues. Shah, Xie and Xu, §6–§7

The result is proved in the cited paper; the mission seeks a machine-checked Lean development of that known result. Its reward-table model and finite-sample count estimates may be reused when a sequential choice rule is analyzed without independent arm rewards. The mission currently provides compiled definitions and theorem statements as proof targets, not verified proofs of those targets.

Difficulty

A standard stationary-bandit analysis would replace each arm's history by independent draws from a fixed law. Here the assumptions give only convergence of expected arm means and polynomial per-arm concentration. A run also samples arms adaptively, so the random number of observed rewards on an arm cannot simply be inserted into a fixed-sample tail inequality. The finite-sample guarantee has to retain the exact dependence on the bonus, arm gaps, pull counts, and the tuning window. The paper's intermediate results identify the required count and tail statements. Shah, Xie and Xu, §6.1–§6.3

Formalization scope

Lean uses a probability space Ω\OmegaΩ, a table X:Fin(K)→N→Ω→RX:\mathrm{Fin}(K)\to\mathbb N\to\Omega\to\mathbb RX:Fin(K)→N→Ω→R, and a run I:N→Ω→Fin(K)I:\mathbb N\to\Omega\to\mathrm{Fin}(K)I:N→Ω→Fin(K). Play numbers begin at one; index zero is unused. The model makes reward measurability, boundedness, limiting expected means, and both concentration inequalities explicit. The run requires measurable arm-selection events so that its probabilities and bounded expectations are genuine. The model does not add independence, an identical-distribution condition, or a filtration.

The real index is compared only when every arm under comparison has a positive count; a separate clause gives unplayed arms the paper's +∞+\infty+∞ priority. The time argument of the index at round ttt is t−1t-1t−1. The thresholds Ai(t)A_i(t)Ai​(t) and A(t)A(t)A(t) use the paper's closed ceiling formulas. The paper's Δmin⁡\Delta_{\min}Δmin​ is represented by a positive lower bound Δ\DeltaΔ on all suboptimality gaps; setting Δ=Δmin⁡\Delta=\Delta_{\min}Δ=Δmin​ recovers the printed statement when that minimum is defined. Theorem 3 explicitly requires K≥1K\ge1K≥1 and n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The existential β′\beta'β′ precedes the probability space, rewards, run, nnn, and zzz, so it cannot change with an instance or horizon. Both parts of Theorem 3 are present, and the model's hypotheses are satisfiable for ordinary bounded bandits.

The mission needs reusable definitions for reward tables, empirical and run averages, pull counts, measurable runs, UCB selection and polynomial play thresholds. Contributions proving the six curated milestones, connecting them to the goal, or establishing reusable measurability and finite-sum facts are in scope. The pathwise two-sided reward decomposition is also posed as a supporting theorem.

Selected references

  • Devavrat Shah, Qiaomin Xie, and Zhi Xu, Non-Asymptotic Analysis of Monte Carlo Tree Search, arXiv:1902.05213v4, 2020; published in Operations Research, 2022. arXiv preprint
9 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityReinforcement LearningStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Reusing Historical Trajectories in Natural Policy Gradient via Importance Sampling: Asymptotic Normality of the RNPG Error, with Reuse Shrinking the Joint-Noise Covariance by 1/KResearch Paper

Why reuse matters

In reinforcement learning, each policy update may require new interaction with an environment. When interaction is costly, an optimizer can retain past trajectories and use them again, provided it corrects for the different policy that generated them. Lin, Wang, and Zhou study this idea for natural policy gradient, using importance weights to reuse earlier state-action samples. Their rate result identifies how reuse changes the covariance of the optimization error, rather than measuring progress solely by the number of iterations. The result appears as Theorem 2 of their 2025 preprint, subsequently published in Operations Research.

The question is subtle because the reused data are correlated with the sequence of policies. A fresh sample drawn at iteration nnn has the current occupancy distribution, while an old sample was drawn under an earlier policy and receives a likelihood ratio that depends on the current iterate. The inverse Fisher-information estimate adds another random factor. The covariance therefore has separate terms for gradient sampling and for the interaction between gradient sampling and the inverse-information estimate. The paper's §4 and Theorem 2 quantify both.

The model and algorithm

A discounted Markov decision process has states SSS, actions AAA, transition probabilities P(s′∣s,a)P(s'\mid s,a)P(s′∣s,a), rewards R(s,a)R(s,a)R(s,a), an initial-state law ρ0\rho_0ρ0​, and a discount factor 0<γ<10<\gamma<10<γ<1. A parameter θ∈Θ⊆Rd\theta\in\Theta\subseteq\mathbb R^dθ∈Θ⊆Rd specifies a stochastic policy πθ(a∣s)\pi_\theta(a\mid s)πθ​(a∣s). Its objective η(θ)\eta(\theta)η(θ) is the expected sum of discounted rewards. The discounted occupancy distribution dπθ(s,a)d^{\pi_\theta}(s,a)dπθ​(s,a) is the probability of observing (s,a)(s,a)(s,a) when the time is geometrically distributed with parameter 1−γ1-\gamma1−γ. It is this distribution, rather than the one-step transition law, that supplies the algorithm's samples.

At each iteration, the method draws BBB state-action pairs from dπθnd^{\pi_{\theta_n}}dπθn​​. Its gradient estimate combines the current batch with K−1K-1K−1 earlier batches. A reused pair from iteration mmm is weighted by dπθn(s,a)/dπθm(s,a)d^{\pi_{\theta_n}}(s,a)/d^{\pi_{\theta_m}}(s,a)dπθn​​(s,a)/dπθm​​(s,a). The preconditioner is the inverse of a regularized empirical Fisher information matrix. The iterate moves in that preconditioned gradient direction and is projected back onto the feasible set Θ\ThetaΘ. The source's equations (3)–(6) and Algorithm 1 define these operations; the paper fixes reuse to the gradient estimate alone for its convergence analysis in §3, p. 7.

Write G(ξ,θ)G(\xi,\theta)G(ξ,θ) for the single-sample policy-gradient contribution, S(ξ,θ)S(\xi,\theta)S(ξ,θ) for the score outer product, Fˉ−1(θ)\bar F^{-1}(\theta)Fˉ−1(θ) for the mean regularized inverse Fisher estimate, and Ση(θ)\Sigma_\eta(\theta)Ση​(θ) for the covariance of G(ξ,θ)G(\xi,\theta)G(ξ,θ). The two matrices governing the rate are

Σ1(θ)=Fˉ−1(θ)Ση(θ)Fˉ−1(θ)T,Σ2(θ)=Σ2′(θ)−Σ1(θ),\Sigma_1(\theta)=\bar F^{-1}(\theta)\Sigma_\eta(\theta)\bar F^{-1}(\theta)^T, \qquad \Sigma_2(\theta)=\Sigma'_2(\theta)-\Sigma_1(\theta),Σ1​(θ)=Fˉ−1(θ)Ση​(θ)Fˉ−1(θ)T,Σ2​(θ)=Σ2′​(θ)−Σ1​(θ),

where Σ2′(θ)\Sigma'_2(\theta)Σ2′​(θ) averages F^−1Ση(F^−1)T\hat F^{-1}\Sigma_\eta(\hat F^{-1})^TF^−1Ση​(F^−1)T over a fresh Fisher batch. All three matrices are derived from the MDP and policy; none is supplied as a free covariance parameter.

Formalization targets

Suppose the RNPG iterates converge almost surely to θˉ\bar\thetaθˉ, the paper's regularity and step-size conditions hold, and the linearization of the mean natural-gradient field at θˉ\bar\thetaθˉ is a Hurwitz matrix G\mathcal GG. For the normalized error En=(θn−θˉ)/αnE_n=(\theta_n-\bar\theta)/\sqrt{\alpha_n}En​=(θn​−θˉ)/αn​​, the goal is the marginal central limit conclusion of Theorem 2, p. 11:

En ⇒ N(0,Σ∞),vec⁡(Σ∞)=−(G⊕G)−1vec⁡ ⁣(Σ1(θˉ)B+Σ2(θˉ)KB).E_n\ \Rightarrow\ \mathcal N(0,\Sigma_\infty),\qquad \operatorname{vec}(\Sigma_\infty) =-(\mathcal G\oplus\mathcal G)^{-1} \operatorname{vec}\!\left( \frac{\Sigma_1(\bar\theta)}{B} +\frac{\Sigma_2(\bar\theta)}{KB} \right).En​ ⇒ N(0,Σ∞​),vec(Σ∞​)=−(G⊕G)−1vec(BΣ1​(θˉ)​+KBΣ2​(θˉ)​).

Here vec⁡\operatorname{vec}vec stacks matrix columns and ⊕\oplus⊕ is the Kronecker sum. The milestone list follows Lemmas 4–8 and display (10), pp. 12–13: three conditional covariance limits for the fresh-gradient and random-preconditioner terms, their combined covariance, then two limits for the fixed-state memory process. The formulas retain the paper's factors 1/(K2B)1/(K^2B)1/(K2B), 1/(KB)1/(KB)1/(KB), (K−1)/(K2B)(K-1)/(K^2B)(K−1)/(K2B), and (K−1)/(2KB)(K-1)/(2KB)(K−1)/(2KB).

What the result supplies

The limit law gives a quantitative description of the parameter error when the step size is small: the covariance is αnΣ∞\alpha_n\Sigma_\inftyαn​Σ∞​ to first order. In the noise matrix, the Σ2\Sigma_2Σ2​ contribution is divided by KKK, exposing the benefit of reusing gradient samples under the paper's assumptions. It also recovers the single-batch regime at K=1K=1K=1, where the memory terms vanish. These are claims about the algorithm's asymptotic statistical behavior, not guarantees that every finite run improves.

The paper proves the theorem analytically. This mission presents Lean statements and definitions; the open task is to give machine-checked proofs of those statements. A completed development would supply reusable finite-MDP occupancy and importance-weighted sampling interfaces, plus conditional-moment tools for stochastic approximation with finite memory. The marginal convergence claim is the goal; the source's additional process-level weak convergence to a stationary stochastic differential equation remains outside this mission.

The hard point

Treating the KKK gradient batches as independent at every iteration gives the wrong covariance. An old batch appears in several successive estimates, and each reuse weight depends on the changing policy. Even the random inverse Fisher estimate cannot simply be replaced by its mean inside a covariance. The paper distinguishes the conditional fluctuation from the term carried by the stored history; the two have different limits, and a cross term survives in the accounting. The required result is a joint limit over a late starting time and a long averaging window, not a one-step variance calculation. This dependence is the central obstacle for the milestone chain in §4 and Appendix A.7–A.11.

Formalization scope

Lean uses finite, nonempty state and action types with discrete measurable structures, real rewards and parameters in a Euclidean space of positive dimension. All state-action and batch expectations are finite weighted sums. The objective itself is the unnormalized infinite discounted return from equation (1); occupancy is normalized. The policy family is defined on all of Rd\mathbb R^dRd, while the bounds in Assumption 1 are imposed on Θ\ThetaΘ. The theorem additionally requires θˉ∈interior⁡(Θ)\bar\theta\in\operatorname{interior}(\Theta)θˉ∈interior(Θ): at a boundary limit a projected iterate can have a one-sided normalized error, contradicting a nondegenerate centered Gaussian. The paper discusses the interior case just below Assumption 2 on p. 10.

The run draws separate independent gradient and Fisher batches, realizing Assumption 1(A.1.7). Before KKK batches exist, its gradient estimate averages all batches available. A general filtration records the past; conditional matrix expectations are taken entrywise. The fixed-state lemmas condition on a stored-memory process whose future batches follow the occupancy law at fixed θˉ\bar\thetaθˉ. The finite model writes the distributional continuity of Assumption 2(A.2.4) as pointwise continuity of the finite sample functions. The complete process-level SDE claim of Theorem 2, the separate almost-sure convergence Theorem 1, and the numerical examples are not formalized here.

The covariance matrices and limit law are computed from the policy, MDP, and RNPG run. An arbitrary covariance inserted as an extra hypothesis would erase the paper's main claim. Work on the published goal and the six paper-indexed milestones is welcome, as are supporting results for occupancy positivity, score identities, conditional expectations, and finite-memory stochastic approximation.

Selected references

  • Yifan Lin, Yuhao Wang, and Enlu Zhou, Reusing Historical Trajectories in Natural Policy Gradient via Importance Sampling: Convergence and Convergence Rate, arXiv:2403.00675v2, 2025; published in Operations Research, 2025. Version used for all page and theorem citations.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

How Well do LLMs Compress Their Own Chain-of-Thought? A Token Complexity Approach: The Optimal Accuracy-Length Tradeoff Solves the Questions of Smallest Token Complexity FirstResearch Paper

Motivation

Large language models answer reasoning questions better when they are allowed to write out a chain of thought (CoT) before the final answer, but every generated token costs time and money. A large body of recent work therefore asks models to "think less": prompts such as "be concise" or "use at most 10 words", and training methods that shorten the reasoning trace. These methods trade accuracy for length, and the natural question is how good such a trade can possibly be.

Lee, Che and Peng (2025) study this question empirically on MATH-500, GSM8K and MMLU-Pro Math with 31 prompts and several frontier models. Their key observation is that, question by question, correctness is almost a threshold function of the response length: a model solves a question if and only if its chain of thought is at least as long as a question-specific token complexity. Under this hypothesis they derive the best possible accuracy–length tradeoff over all prompts, and show that existing prompting strategies are far from it (Table 4 of the paper). This mission formalizes that derivation: Theorem 1 of the paper and the steps of its proof in Appendix D.

Setting

Fix one language model and a dataset of n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 questions i=1,…,ni = 1, \dots, ni=1,…,n. A prompt PPP determines, for each question iii, a chain of thought of token length ti(P)∈Nt_i(P) \in \mathbb Nti​(P)∈N and a correctness indicator ai(P)∈{0,1}a_i(P) \in \{0, 1\}ai​(P)∈{0,1}. The accuracy and the average token length of a prompt are

Acc(P)=1n∑i=1nai(P),tˉ(P)=1n∑i=1nti(P).\mathrm{Acc}(P) = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n a_i(P), \qquad \bar t(P) = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n t_i(P).Acc(P)=n1​i=1∑n​ai​(P),tˉ(P)=n1​i=1∑n​ti​(P).

The two optimal tradeoff curves are the optimal accuracy at average budget TTT and the minimal average length for accuracy α\alphaα:

α∗(T)=max⁡P{Acc(P):tˉ(P)≤T},T∗(α)=min⁡P{tˉ(P):Acc(P)≥α}.\alpha^*(T) = \max_P \{\mathrm{Acc}(P) : \bar t(P) \le T\}, \qquad T^*(\alpha) = \min_P \{\bar t(P) : \mathrm{Acc}(P) \ge \alpha\}.α∗(T)=Pmax​{Acc(P):tˉ(P)≤T},T∗(α)=Pmin​{tˉ(P):Acc(P)≥α}.

Assumption 1 (token complexity hypothesis). There are numbers τi∈N∪{∞}\tau_i \in \mathbb N \cup \{\infty\}τi​∈N∪{∞}, the token complexities, such that for every prompt PPP and question iii,

ai(P)=1{ti(P)≥τi}.a_i(P) = \mathbf 1\{t_i(P) \ge \tau_i\}.ai​(P)=1{ti​(P)≥τi​}.

The value τi=∞\tau_i = \inftyτi​=∞ marks a question the model never solves. The paper also assumes the prompts are rich: every vector of token counts (ti)∈Nn(t_i) \in \mathbb N^n(ti​)∈Nn is produced by some prompt. The answer is expressed through the empirical quantities

Fn(t)=1n∑i1{τi≤t},En(t)=1n∑iτi1{τi≤t},A∗=1n∑i1{τi<∞},F_n(t) = \frac1n \sum_{i} \mathbf 1\{\tau_i \le t\}, \qquad E_n(t) = \frac1n \sum_{i} \tau_i \mathbf 1\{\tau_i \le t\}, \qquad A^* = \frac1n \sum_i \mathbf 1\{\tau_i < \infty\},Fn​(t)=n1​i∑​1{τi​≤t},En​(t)=n1​i∑​τi​1{τi​≤t},A∗=n1​i∑​1{τi​<∞},

where A∗A^*A∗ is the largest accuracy any prompt can reach.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (corrected), p. 7

Assume Assumption 1, rich prompts, and pairwise distinct finite token complexities. Let tTt_TtT​ be the largest finite τj\tau_jτj​ with En(τj)≤TE_n(\tau_j) \le TEn​(τj​)≤T and qαq_\alphaqα​ the smallest finite τj\tau_jτj​ with Fn(τj)≥αF_n(\tau_j) \ge \alphaFn​(τj​)≥α. Then for every T≥0T \ge 0T≥0 and every 0<α≤A∗0 < \alpha \le A^*0<α≤A∗,

α∗(T)=1n∑i=1n1{τi≤tT},T∗(α)=1n∑i=1nτi 1{τi≤qα},\alpha^*(T) = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n \mathbf 1\{\tau_i \le t_T\}, \qquad T^*(\alpha) = \frac1n \sum_{i=1}^n \tau_i\, \mathbf 1\{\tau_i \le q_\alpha\},α∗(T)=n1​i=1∑n​1{τi​≤tT​},T∗(α)=n1​i=1∑n​τi​1{τi​≤qα​},

with both optima attained. As printed, the theorem defines tT≡inf⁡{t∈R:En(t)=t}t_T \equiv \inf\{t \in \mathbb R : E_n(t) = t\}tT​≡inf{t∈R:En​(t)=t}, which does not depend on TTT, and qα=sup⁡{t:Fn(t)≤α}q_\alpha = \sup\{t : F_n(t) \le \alpha\}qα​=sup{t:Fn​(t)≤α}, which overshoots the quantile; both readings give wrong values on one- and two-question examples. The goal uses the thresholds that the proof and the text describe ("the highest value of τ that the LLM puts into the knapsack", "the α-quantile of the empirical distribution").

Milestones (Appendix D, p. 14)

  1. Eq. (8): under Assumption 1, Acc(P)=1n∑i1{τi≤ti(P)}\mathrm{Acc}(P) = \frac1n\sum_i \mathbf 1\{\tau_i \le t_i(P)\}Acc(P)=n1​∑i​1{τi​≤ti​(P)} (the page prints the inequality reversed).
  2. Eqs. (9)–(10): with rich prompts, α∗(T)\alpha^*(T)α∗(T) and T∗(α)T^*(\alpha)T∗(α) are the optima of the same problems over token-count vectors t∈Nnt \in \mathbb N^nt∈Nn.
  3. Eqs. (11)–(12): these equal the optima of a 0-1 knapsack with unit rewards and costs τi\tau_iτi​,
max⁡x∈{0,1}n1n∑ixis.t.1n∑iτixi≤T.\max_{x \in \{0,1\}^n} \frac1n \sum_i x_i \quad \text{s.t.} \quad \frac1n \sum_i \tau_i x_i \le T.x∈{0,1}nmax​n1​i∑​xi​s.t.n1​i∑​τi​xi​≤T.
  1. The greedy claim: for T≥0T \ge 0T≥0 the knapsack optimum is m/nm/nm/n, where mmm is the largest number with τ(1)+⋯+τ(m)≤nT\tau_{(1)} + \dots + \tau_{(m)} \le nTτ(1)​+⋯+τ(m)​≤nT for the sorted finite token complexities τ(1)≤τ(2)≤⋯\tau_{(1)} \le \tau_{(2)} \le \cdotsτ(1)​≤τ(2)​≤⋯.
  2. The T∗T^*T∗ analogue: for 0≤α≤A∗0 \le \alpha \le A^*0≤α≤A∗ the minimal cost is 1n(τ(1)+⋯+τ(⌈nα⌉))\frac1n(\tau_{(1)} + \dots + \tau_{(\lceil n\alpha\rceil)})n1​(τ(1)​+⋯+τ(⌈nα⌉)​).

Milestones 4 and 5 allow ties among the token complexities; the goal's closed form does not.

Significance

Theorem 1 turns an optimization over all conceivable prompting strategies, an infinite and unstructured set, into a formula in the empirical distribution of nnn numbers. Its consequence, Corollary 1, is that T∗(A∗)T^*(A^*)T∗(A∗), the average token complexity of the solvable questions, is a lower bound on the average length of any lossless compression of the chain of thought; the paper's Table 4 uses it to show that current concise prompts leave a 3–11× reduction unrealized. The same characterization explains why adaptive strategies, which spend more tokens on harder questions, are necessary to approach the frontier.

The result has a pen-and-paper proof of a few lines in Appendix D; the prior-art search found no machine-checked version. Formalizing it adds a correct statement: the printed definitions of tTt_TtT​ and qαq_\alphaqα​ are wrong, eq. (8) has a reversed inequality, and the closed form silently needs distinct token complexities. The mission records the correct versions with the counterexamples to the printed ones, and separates the tie-robust greedy form (milestones 4–5) from the CDF form (the goal).

Difficulty

The individual steps are elementary, but the obvious argument skips three points. First, passing from prompts to token vectors uses richness in both directions: an optimal prompt must be matched by a token vector and conversely, and the optima must be shown attained, not merely bounded. Second, the reduction to ti∈{0,τi}t_i \in \{0, \tau_i\}ti​∈{0,τi​} must handle questions with τi=∞\tau_i = \inftyτi​=∞, which can never be selected. Third, the greedy claim is a statement about every feasible selection, not only the sorted ones, and translating the greedy count into the threshold forms 1{τi≤tT}\mathbf 1\{\tau_i \le t_T\}1{τi​≤tT​} and 1{τi≤qα}\mathbf 1\{\tau_i \le q_\alpha\}1{τi​≤qα​} is exactly where ties break the formula, so distinctness must be used at that step and nowhere else.

Formalization scope

  • Model. One LLM, superscript π\piπ dropped. Questions are Fin n; prompts are an arbitrary type; a Benchmark gives token lengths len : Prompt → Fin n → ℕ and correctness correct : Prompt → Fin n → Bool. Each (prompt, question) pair yields one deterministic chain of thought.
  • Token complexities are ℕ∞-valued; τi=∞\tau_i = \inftyτi​=∞ is ⊤. Assumption 1 is correct P i = true ↔ τ i ≤ len P i ("above" read as ≥\ge≥, as the displayed formula on p. 5 shows). Every count or sum over τ\tauτ filters on τi≠∞\tau_i \ne \inftyτi​=∞ before converting to a natural number.
  • Averages are real numbers with division by nnn; the goal assumes n≥1n \ge 1n≥1.
  • Optima are IsGreatest/IsLeast predicates over the set of values achieved by prompts, never sSup/sInf, so empty or unbounded feasible sets cannot produce a junk value.
  • Added hypotheses, all disclosed: n≥1n \ge 1n≥1; T≥0T \ge 0T≥0; 0<α≤A∗0 < \alpha \le A^*0<α≤A∗ for the T∗T^*T∗ part (α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0 in milestone 5); pairwise distinct finite token complexities in the goal only.
  • Trivializing formalizations ruled out. The goal quantifies over prompts and links them to τ\tauτ only through Assumption 1 and richness; neither α∗\alpha^*α∗ nor T∗T^*T∗ is defined as its closed form, and the goal is not stated over token vectors or knapsack variables. Richness is satisfiable: the canonical benchmark with prompts Nn\mathbb N^nNn satisfies both hypotheses for every τ\tauτ.
  • Not formalized: Corollary 1 (a consequence the proof of Theorem 1 does not use), the threshold-classifier estimators of §3, and the empirical results.

The definitions (benchmark, empirical CDF over an ℕ∞-valued family, sorted prefix sums) are self-contained. A proof of the greedy milestones gives a reusable fact about unit-reward knapsacks. Proofs of any milestone and of the goal are welcome, as is a formalization of Corollary 1 on top of the goal.

Selected references

  • A. Lee, E. Che, T. Peng, How Well do LLMs Compress Their Own Chain-of-Thought? A Token Complexity Approach, arXiv preprint, 2025. https://arxiv.org/abs/2503.01141 (version v2 is the one formalized).
  • J. Wei et al., Chain-of-Thought Prompting Elicits Reasoning in Large Language Models, NeurIPS, 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/2201.11903
7 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimal and Differentially Private Data Acquisition: Central and Local Mechanisms: The Optimal Central-Privacy Mechanism Sets Privacy Losses to the Minimizer of a Virtual-Cost ProgramResearch Paper

Motivation

Platforms that estimate a population quantity from individual data, such as a health service estimating the mean response to a treatment, must compensate users for the privacy they give up. Users differ in how much they value privacy, and that value is private information. Differential privacy (Dwork, McSherry, Nissim, Smith, 2006) supplies a quantitative unit of privacy loss, so the platform can trade estimation accuracy against privacy at a price. Fallah, Makhdoumi, Malekian and Ozdaglar (arXiv:2201.03968v2, Operations Research, 2024) design the cost-minimizing mechanism that elicits users' privacy sensitivities, chooses a privacy level for each user, and pays them, when the platform's estimator is a weighted mean with Laplace noise. This mission formalizes their characterization of that mechanism in the central privacy setting (Theorem 3, p. 18).

Buying privacy at auction was studied by Ghosh and Roth (2011, arXiv:1011.1375); the paper's contribution is a Bayesian mechanism in which each user receives an individual privacy level and the estimator is chosen jointly with the payments.

Setting

There are n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 users. User iii holds a data point Xi=θ+ZiX_i = \theta + Z_iXi​=θ+Zi​, where the ZiZ_iZi​ are i.i.d. with mean 000, variance VAR>0\mathrm{VAR} > 0VAR>0 and ∣Zi∣≤1/2|Z_i| \le 1/2∣Zi​∣≤1/2. A randomized algorithm on datasets is ε\varepsilonε-centrally differentially private for ε=(εi)i\varepsilon = (\varepsilon_i)_iε=(εi​)i​ if changing user iii's entry changes the probability of any measurable output event by at most a factor eεie^{\varepsilon_i}eεi​ (Definition 1, p. 8).

The platform uses an estimator of the central class (22):

θ^(x)=∑i=1nwi(c) xi+Laplace(1/η(c)),∑iwi(c)=1,η(c) wi(c)≤εi(c),\hat\theta(x) = \sum_{i=1}^n w_i(c)\,x_i + \mathrm{Laplace}\big(1/\eta(c)\big), \qquad \sum_i w_i(c) = 1, \quad \eta(c)\,w_i(c) \le \varepsilon_i(c),θ^(x)=i=1∑n​wi​(c)xi​+Laplace(1/η(c)),i∑​wi​(c)=1,η(c)wi​(c)≤εi​(c),

which is (wiη)i(w_i\eta)_i(wi​η)i​-centrally private (Lemma 2) and has mean square error MSE(c)=2/η(c)2+∑iwi(c)2 VAR\mathrm{MSE}(c) = 2/\eta(c)^2 + \sum_i w_i(c)^2\,\mathrm{VAR}MSE(c)=2/η(c)2+∑i​wi​(c)2VAR.

Each user has a privacy sensitivity cic_ici​, drawn independently with density fif_ifi​ and distribution function FiF_iFi​. A direct mechanism maps the reported profile ccc to weights w(c)w(c)w(c), a noise parameter η(c)\eta(c)η(c), privacy losses ε(c)\varepsilon(c)ε(c) and payments t(c)t(c)t(c). A user of type cic_ici​ who reports rrr bears the expected cost

costi(r,ci)=Ec−i[MSE(r,c−i)+ci εi(r,c−i)−ti(r,c−i)],\mathrm{cost}_i(r, c_i) = \mathbb E_{c_{-i}}\big[\mathrm{MSE}(r, c_{-i}) + c_i\,\varepsilon_i(r, c_{-i}) - t_i(r, c_{-i})\big],costi​(r,ci​)=Ec−i​​[MSE(r,c−i​)+ci​εi​(r,c−i​)−ti​(r,c−i​)],

and a non-participant's cost is VAR\mathrm{VAR}VAR. The platform minimizes Ec[MSE(c)+∑iti(c)]\mathbb E_c[\mathrm{MSE}(c) + \sum_i t_i(c)]Ec​[MSE(c)+∑i​ti​(c)] subject to incentive compatibility (truthful reporting is optimal) and individual rationality (truthful participation costs at most VAR\mathrm{VAR}VAR). The virtual cost is ψi(c)=c+Fi(c)/fi(c)\psi_i(c) = c + F_i(c)/f_i(c)ψi​(c)=c+Fi​(c)/fi​(c), and Assumption 1 asks that each ψi\psi_iψi​ be increasing.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 18)

Under Assumption 1, let y∗(c)y^*(c)y∗(c) be an optimal solution of

min⁡y≥0  n+1(∑jyj)2(2+∑iyi2 VAR)+∑iψi(ci) yi.(23)\min_{y \ge 0}\; \frac{n+1}{\big(\sum_j y_j\big)^2}\Big(2 + \sum_i y_i^2\,\mathrm{VAR}\Big) + \sum_i \psi_i(c_i)\,y_i . \tag{23}y≥0min​(∑j​yj​)2n+1​(2+i∑​yi2​VAR)+i∑​ψi​(ci​)yi​.(23)

The mechanism with εi∗(c)=yi∗(c)\varepsilon^*_i(c) = y^*_i(c)εi∗​(c)=yi∗​(c), weights wi∗(c)=yi∗/∑jyj∗w^*_i(c) = y^*_i/\sum_j y^*_jwi∗​(c)=yi∗​/∑j​yj∗​, η∗=∑jyj∗\eta^* = \sum_j y^*_jη∗=∑j​yj∗​ and the payments of Proposition 1 is incentive compatible, individually rational, and minimizes the platform's expected cost among all such mechanisms of class (22). The statement holds for every measurable selection of minimizers.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 9): Laplace noise of parameter 1/ε1/\varepsilon1/ε yields per-user privacy εLi(f)\varepsilon L_i(f)εLi​(f).
  2. Lemma 2 (p. 10): the linear estimator is (wiη)i(w_i\eta)_i(wi​η)i​-centrally private.
  3. The MSE formula 2/η2+∑iwi2VAR2/\eta^2 + \sum_i w_i^2\mathrm{VAR}2/η2+∑i​wi2​VAR (p. 18).
  4. Proposition 1 (p. 16): the payment identity characterizing incentive compatibility and individual rationality.
  5. Proposition 2 (p. 17): reduction of the platform's problem to minimizing Ec[(n+1)MSE+∑iεiψi(ci)]−n VAR\mathbb E_c[(n+1)\mathrm{MSE} + \sum_i \varepsilon_i\psi_i(c_i)] - n\,\mathrm{VAR}Ec​[(n+1)MSE+∑i​εi​ψi​(ci​)]−nVAR subject to monotone interim privacy losses.
  6. The constraints ηwi≤εi\eta w_i \le \varepsilon_iηwi​≤εi​ bind, so the pointwise problem (24) is (23) (proof of Theorem 3, pp. 44–45).
  7. Under Assumption 1, minimizers of (23) are weakly decreasing in the own privacy cost (p. 45).

Significance

Theorem 3 turns a mechanism design problem over function spaces into a finite-dimensional program solved separately at each type profile. Its consequences are that users with higher virtual cost receive less weight and less privacy loss (Corollary 1), that the optimal privacy level is a continuous function of the sensitivity rather than a threshold rule, and that the program can be solved in O(nlog⁡n)O(n\log n)O(nlogn) time (Proposition 3). The same reduction underlies the paper's comparison of central and local privacy.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked version exists. The mission produces a verified payment identity for a setting where the allocation enters every user's cost through a shared externality (the MSE), a verified reduction to virtual costs that does not rely on differentiability of the mechanism, and the per-user Laplace mechanism on top of Mathlib's measure theory.

Difficulty

The classical Myerson argument assumes a linear objective and a single-dimensional allocation. Here the objective is non-linear and non-convex in the privacy losses, the MSE couples all users, and the minimizer of (23) has kinks where a coordinate reaches zero, so the paper's first-order derivation of the payment identity, which differentiates the interim cost, does not apply to the optimal mechanism, and the identity has to hold without any differentiability. A second obstacle is monotonicity: (23) is not convex and its minimizer need not be unique, so the monotonicity required by the payment identity cannot be read off from a unique smooth solution map; it has to hold for an arbitrary measurable selection of minimizers. Finally, the comparison is over all incentive compatible, individually rational mechanisms, not over a parametric family, so the measure-theoretic bookkeeping (interim expectations, exchanges of integrals over the type law) is part of the statement's content.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real. Users are Fin n with 0 < n. Types live in compact intervals [ai,bi][a_i, b_i][ai​,bi​] with 0<ai<bi0 < a_i < b_i0<ai​<bi​, and fif_ifi​ is continuous, positive and integrates to one there; the paper's ci∈R+c_i \in \mathbb R_+ci​∈R+​ and integrals to ∞\infty∞ become integrals to bib_ibi​. The type law is the product of the laws with densities fif_ifi​, and interim expectations over c−ic_{-i}c−i​ are integrals of g(update(c,i,r))g(\mathrm{update}(c,i,r))g(update(c,i,r)) against the type law. Incentive compatibility and individual rationality quantify over types and reports in [ai,bi][a_i,b_i][ai​,bi​]. Class (22) makes η>0\eta > 0η>0 and w≥0w \ge 0w≥0 explicit. Mechanisms are required to be measurable, with bounded privacy losses and integrable MSE and payments; differentiability (Definition 3) and nonnegative payments are not required, since the optimal mechanism has kinks and may pay negative amounts. Assumption 1 is strict monotonicity. The feasible set of (23) adds ∑jyj>0\sum_j y_j > 0∑j​yj​>0, because at y=0y = 0y=0 Lean's 1/0=01/0 = 01/0=0 would make the objective vanish. Laplace noise is the published PrivLearn.Generic.laplace.

Stating Theorem 3 as "y∗y^*y∗ minimizes (23)", or comparing the mechanism only with mechanisms that already use the payment rule (19), would be a trivialization; the goal compares against every admissible, incentive compatible, individually rational mechanism of class (22).

Reusable infrastructure includes heterogeneous differential privacy, the per-coordinate Laplace mechanism, the variance of Laplace noise, and a payment identity under concavity without differentiability. Proofs of any milestone, and alternative arguments for the monotonicity of the minimizer, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Fallah, A. Makhdoumi, A. Malekian, A. Ozdaglar, Optimal and Differentially Private Data Acquisition: Central and Local Mechanisms, Operations Research, 2024. arXiv:2201.03968v2
  • C. Dwork, F. McSherry, K. Nissim, A. Smith, Calibrating Noise to Sensitivity in Private Data Analysis, TCC 2006. doi:10.1007/11681878_14
  • C. Dwork, A. Roth, The Algorithmic Foundations of Differential Privacy, Foundations and Trends in Theoretical Computer Science, 2014. doi:10.1561/0400000042
  • R. B. Myerson, Optimal Auction Design, Mathematics of Operations Research, 1981. doi:10.1287/moor.6.1.58
  • A. Ghosh, A. Roth, Selling Privacy at Auction, EC 2011. arXiv:1011.1375
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Smooth Contextual Bandits: Bridging the Parametric and Non-differentiable Regret Regimes: The SmoothBandit Algorithm Has Regret Õ(T^((β+d−αβ)/(2β+d)) + 1) on Every Hölder-Smooth InstanceResearch Paper

Motivation

In a contextual bandit a decision maker repeatedly observes a context XtX_tXt​, chooses one of two actions, and sees the reward of that action only. Personalised medicine, dynamic pricing and online advertising have this structure: the reward of the action not taken is never observed, so learning and earning must be balanced. Performance is measured by the regret, the expected reward lost against the oracle that knows which action is better at every context.

Two regimes were well understood before this paper. When the mean rewards are linear (parametric) in the context, the regret is of order log⁡T\log TlogT (up to dimension factors) under a sharp margin condition (Bastani and Bayati 2020, doi:10.1287/opre.2019.1902). When they are only Lipschitz or Hölder with exponent at most one (non-differentiable), the optimal regret is T1−(1+α)β/(2β+d)T^{1-(1+\alpha)\beta/(2\beta+d)}T1−(1+α)β/(2β+d) (Rigollet and Zeevi 2010, arXiv:1003.1630; Perchet and Rigollet 2013, arXiv:1110.6084). Hu, Kallus and Mao (arXiv:1909.02553, Operations Research 2022) treat mean rewards with β≥1\beta \ge 1β≥1 derivatives' worth of smoothness and obtain a rate that moves continuously from the non-differentiable rate at β=1\beta = 1β=1 to the parametric rate as β→∞\beta \to \inftyβ→∞.

Setting

The context XXX takes values in a compact set X⊆[0,1]d\mathcal X \subseteq [0,1]^dX⊆[0,1]d and has a Lebesgue density between μmin⁡>0\mu_{\min} > 0μmin​>0 and μmax⁡\mu_{\max}μmax​ on X\mathcal XX. At each round t=1,…,Tt = 1, \dots, Tt=1,…,T, nature draws (Xt,Yt(1),Yt(−1))(X_t, Y_t(1), Y_t(-1))(Xt​,Yt​(1),Yt​(−1)) i.i.d., with rewards Yt(±1)∈[0,1]Y_t(\pm1) \in [0,1]Yt​(±1)∈[0,1]; the decision maker sees XtX_tXt​, pulls an arm At∈{−1,1}A_t \in \{-1, 1\}At​∈{−1,1} using the history, and receives Yt(At)Y_t(A_t)Yt​(At​). Write η±1(x)=E[Y(±1)∣X=x]\eta_{\pm1}(x) = E[Y(\pm1) \mid X = x]η±1​(x)=E[Y(±1)∣X=x], the conditional average treatment effect τ=η1−η−1\tau = \eta_1 - \eta_{-1}τ=η1​−η−1​, the oracle policy π∗(x)=+1\pi^*(x) = +1π∗(x)=+1 if τ(x)≥0\tau(x) \ge 0τ(x)≥0 and −1-1−1 otherwise, and the regret

RT(π)=E[∑t=1T(Yt(π∗(Xt))−Yt(At))].R_T(\pi) = E\Big[\sum_{t=1}^T \big(Y_t(\pi^*(X_t)) - Y_t(A_t)\big)\Big].RT​(π)=E[t=1∑T​(Yt​(π∗(Xt​))−Yt​(At​))].

For β>0\beta > 0β>0 let b(β)\mathfrak b(\beta)b(β) be the largest integer strictly below β\betaβ. A function is (β,L,X)(\beta, L, \mathcal X)(β,L,X)-Hölder if it is b(β)\mathfrak b(\beta)b(β)-times continuously differentiable and its Taylor polynomial of order b(β)\mathfrak b(\beta)b(β) at xxx approximates it at x′x'x′ within L∥x′−x∥βL\|x' - x\|^\betaL∥x′−x∥β. A Lebesgue-measurable set SSS is weakly (c,r)(c, r)(c,r)-regular at x∈Sx \in Sx∈S if Leb[S∩B(x,r)]≥c Leb[B(x,r)]\mathrm{Leb}[S \cap \mathcal B(x, r)] \ge c\,\mathrm{Leb}[\mathcal B(x, r)]Leb[S∩B(x,r)]≥cLeb[B(x,r)] for the closed ball B(x,r)\mathcal B(x, r)B(x,r), and a (c0,r0)(c_0, r_0)(c0​,r0​)-regular set if this holds at each of its points for all 0≤r≤r00 \le r \le r_00≤r≤r0​. The class P\mathcal PP consists of the instances with:

  1. η±1\eta_{\pm1}η±1​ both (β,L,X)(\beta, L, \mathcal X)(β,L,X)-Hölder and L1L_1L1​-Lipschitz, with β≥1\beta \ge 1β≥1;
  2. the optimal regions Qa={x∈X:aτ(x)≥0}\mathcal Q_a = \{x \in \mathcal X : a\tau(x) \ge 0\}Qa​={x∈X:aτ(x)≥0} non-empty and (c0,r0)(c_0, r_0)(c0​,r0​)-regular;
  3. the density condition above;
  4. the margin condition P(0<∣τ(X)∣≤t)≤γtαP(0 < |\tau(X)| \le t) \le \gamma t^\alphaP(0<∣τ(X)∣≤t)≤γtα for all t>0t > 0t>0.

The algorithm, SmoothBandit (Algorithm 1), partitions [0,1]d[0,1]^d[0,1]d into cubes of side δ=T−β/(2β+d)(log⁡T)−1\delta = T^{-\beta/(2\beta+d)}(\log T)^{-1}δ=T−β/(2β+d)(logT)−1 and runs in epochs of geometrically growing length nkn_knk​, with error tolerance ϵk=2−k\epsilon_k = 2^{-k}ϵk​=2−k. Each cube is assigned to an exploitation region E±1\mathcal E_{\pm1}E±1​ (always pull that arm) or to the randomisation region Rk\mathcal R_kRk​ (toss a fair coin). After each epoch it estimates η±1\eta_{\pm1}η±1​ at the cube centres by local polynomial regression of degree b(β)\mathfrak b(\beta)b(β) with bandwidth Ha,k=Na,k−1/(2β+d)H_{a,k} = N_{a,k}^{-1/(2\beta+d)}Ha,k​=Na,k−1/(2β+d)​, using data from inside and outside each cube. It moves a cube to Ea\mathcal E_aEa​ when the estimated effect exceeds ϵk\epsilon_kϵk​ in favour of arm aaa, and hands to the other arm the cubes where the data of arm aaa are too sparse to estimate (the inestimable regions Da,k\mathcal D_{a,k}Da,k​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2 (p. 25)

With e=(β+d−αβ)/(2β+d)e = (\beta + d - \alpha\beta)/(2\beta + d)e=(β+d−αβ)/(2β+d), uniformly over the class P\mathcal PP (constants depending only on the parameters):

RT(π^)≤C(Telog⁡1+d2βT+log⁡2T)(αβ<β+d, or αβ>β+d and d≤2β),RT(π^)≤C (Te+1)log⁡mT(all α≥0),R_T(\hat\pi) \le C\big(T^{e}\log^{1+\frac d{2\beta}}T + \log^2 T\big) \quad (\alpha\beta < \beta + d,\ \text{or}\ \alpha\beta > \beta + d \text{ and } d \le 2\beta), \qquad R_T(\hat\pi) \le C\,(T^{e} + 1)\log^m T \quad (\text{all } \alpha \ge 0),RT​(π^)≤C(Telog1+2βd​T+log2T)(αβ<β+d, or αβ>β+d and d≤2β),RT​(π^)≤C(Te+1)logmT(all α≥0),

for all T≥T0T \ge T_0T≥T0​, where π^\hat\piπ^ is Algorithm 1 run with horizon TTT.

Milestones

In the order the proof uses them:

  1. Lemma 1: each arm is optimal with probability at least p=μmin⁡c0r0dvdp = \mu_{\min}c_0r_0^dv_dp=μmin​c0​r0d​vd​.
  2. Lemma 2: the number of epochs is at most ⌈βlog⁡T/((2β+d)log⁡2)⌉\lceil \beta\log T/((2\beta+d)\log 2)\rceil⌈βlogT/((2β+d)log2)⌉.
  3. Lemma 3: the bandwidths are at least d δ\sqrt d\,\deltad​δ.
  4. Lemma 14: inestimable cubes are cubes where the data support is not regular.
  5. Lemma 5: on the good events the regions behave as intended.
  6. The regret decomposition (13):
RT(π^)≤∑k=1Kγ21+αϵk−11+αnk+∑k=1KnkP(Gˉk−1C∪Mˉk−1C).R_T(\hat\pi) \le \sum_{k=1}^K \gamma 2^{1+\alpha}\epsilon_{k-1}^{1+\alpha}n_k + \sum_{k=1}^K n_k P(\bar{\mathcal G}^C_{k-1} \cup \bar{\mathcal M}^C_{k-1}).RT​(π^)≤k=1∑K​γ21+αϵk−11+α​nk​+k=1∑K​nk​P(Gˉ​k−1C​∪Mˉk−1C​).
  1. Lemma 16: uniform concentration of the local polynomial estimates.
  2. Theorem 1: P(GˉkC∪MˉkC)≤(10+4Mβ2)k/TP(\bar{\mathcal G}^C_k \cup \bar{\mathcal M}^C_k) \le (10 + 4M_\beta^2)k/TP(Gˉ​kC​∪MˉkC​)≤(10+4Mβ2​)k/T.

Significance

Together with the paper's lower bound (Theorem 3, not part of this mission), Theorem 2 identifies the minimax regret of smooth contextual bandits as T(β+d−αβ)/(2β+d)T^{(\beta+d-\alpha\beta)/(2\beta+d)}T(β+d−αβ)/(2β+d) up to logarithmic factors when αβ≤d\alpha\beta \le dαβ≤d. The two known regimes are endpoints of this rate: β=1\beta = 1β=1 recovers the non-differentiable rate T1−(1+α)/(2+d)T^{1-(1+\alpha)/(2+d)}T1−(1+α)/(2+d), and as β→∞\beta \to \inftyβ→∞ the exponent tends to the parametric value (1−α)/2(1-\alpha)/2(1−α)/2, which is T\sqrt TT​ without a margin condition (α=0\alpha = 0α=0) and polylogarithmic under a sharp margin (α=1\alpha = 1α=1). The result says how much the smoothness of the reward functions is worth in a sequential decision problem, and its algorithm shows that local polynomial estimators, which use data outside each cube, are needed to get there.

The theorem is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it, or of any smooth (β>1\beta > 1β>1) nonparametric bandit bound, is known. A formal proof would also check the paper's analysis, which has gaps recorded in this mission: Theorem 2's OOO-form fails for αβ>β+d\alpha\beta > \beta + dαβ>β+d when d>2βd > 2\betad>2β and its explicit constant needs αβ<β+d\alpha\beta < \beta + dαβ<β+d, Lemma 5's fourth statement needs the sample-size event of the current epoch, and a display of Lemma 3 is misprinted. The definitions layer (the Hölder class with derivatives, regular sets, the local polynomial estimator, an epoch-based algorithm on a probability space with coins) is reusable for other nonparametric bandit and estimation results.

Difficulty

The goal's own proof is short once its ingredients are available: the decomposition (13), Theorem 1 and Lemma 2, then a geometric sum. The weight is in Theorem 1 and Lemma 16. The samples of each epoch are collected adaptively: which contexts are sampled for arm aaa depends on regions computed from earlier data, so the samples are i.i.d. only conditionally on the past, with a conditional density that vanishes on the other arm's exploitation region. The classical analysis of local polynomial regression assumes a design density bounded below on a neighbourhood of every point and so does not apply. The paper restores a usable condition through the regularity of the regions Qa\mathcal Q_aQa​ (Assumption 2) and the screening rule (6); making this rigorous requires conditioning on events of the past epochs, a lower bound on the smallest eigenvalue of the local Gram matrices uniformly over the grid, and a union bound over δ−d\delta^{-d}δ−d cubes. Bounding the estimation error at one point is not enough: the accuracy event Gk\mathcal G_kGk​ is a supremum over a region that is itself random.

Formalization scope

Contexts live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) with d≥1d \ge 1d≥1; arms are Bool (true is +1+1+1); Lean rounds start at 000. An instance is a structure on a probability space Ω\OmegaΩ that carries the contexts, the potential rewards of both arms, i.i.d. fair coins independent of the data, the support X\mathcal XX and the mean rewards η±1\eta_{\pm1}η±1​. Its laws are stated through iIndepFun, identical distributions and the integral form of E[Y(a)∣X]=ηa(X)E[Y(a) \mid X] = \eta_a(X)E[Y(a)∣X]=ηa​(X). The Hölder condition uses Cb(β)C^{\mathfrak b(\beta)}Cb(β) on an open neighbourhood of X\mathcal XX and iteratedFDeriv. The density condition is stated on measurable subsets of X\mathcal XX. All standing parameter conditions are explicit (β≥1\beta \ge 1β≥1, L,L1>0L, L_1 > 0L,L1​>0, 0<c0≤10 < c_0 \le 10<c0​≤1, r0>0r_0 > 0r0​>0, 0<μmin⁡≤μmax⁡0 < \mu_{\min} \le \mu_{\max}0<μmin​≤μmax​, γ>0\gamma > 0γ>0, α≥0\alpha \ge 0α≥0).

Algorithm 1 is a concrete, total function of the contexts, the coins and the rewards of the pulled arms, with the paper's constants ppp, λ0\lambda_0λ0​, C0C_0C0​, the epoch lengths (10) and every tie-break as printed. Its conventions:

  • regions are finite sets of grid cells;
  • the bandwidth uses max⁡(N,1)\max(N, 1)max(N,1);
  • GGG uses Lebesgue volume (equivalent under Assumption 3);
  • the local polynomial estimate is 000 exactly when the least-squares minimiser is not unique.

The goal must be proved for this algorithm. A statement for an abstract policy assumed to satisfy Lemma 5, or with regions or good events taken as hypotheses, would reduce Theorem 2 to the decomposition (13) and is not the theorem. The constants CCC, T0T_0T0​ and mmm are chosen before the instance. The OOO-form clause excludes only the parameters where it fails as printed (αβ>β+d\alpha\beta > \beta + dαβ>β+d with d>2βd > 2\betad>2β) and the boundary αβ=β+d\alpha\beta = \beta + dαβ=β+d.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the milestones; the conditional i.i.d. structure (Lemma 6) and the Gram-matrix bound (Lemma 7), which are used inside Lemma 16 but not stated here; and general lemmas on local polynomial regression and on regular sets.

Selected references

  • Y. Hu, N. Kallus, X. Mao, Smooth Contextual Bandits: Bridging the Parametric and Non-differentiable Regret Regimes, Operations Research 70(6), 2022; arXiv:1909.02553v4 (2020). https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.02553
  • P. Rigollet, A. Zeevi, Nonparametric Bandits with Covariates, COLT 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1003.1630
  • V. Perchet, P. Rigollet, The Multi-Armed Bandit Problem with Covariates, Annals of Statistics 41(2), 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1110.6084
  • H. Bastani, M. Bayati, Online Decision Making with High-Dimensional Covariates, Operations Research 68(1), 2020. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.2019.1902
  • C. J. Stone, Optimal Global Rates of Convergence for Nonparametric Regression, Annals of Statistics 10(4), 1982. https://doi.org/10.1214/aos/1176345969
11 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Global Convergence of Stochastic Gradient Hamiltonian Monte Carlo for Non-Convex Stochastic Optimization: Explicit Population Risk Bound for Euler SGHMCResearch Paper

Motivation

Many learning problems are instances of the stochastic program

min⁡x∈RdF(x):=EZ∼D[f(x,Z)],\min_{x\in\mathbb R^d}F(x):=\mathbb E_{Z\sim D}[f(x,Z)],x∈Rdmin​F(x):=EZ∼D​[f(x,Z)],

where the law DDD of the data is unknown and only an i.i.d. sample z=(z1,…,zn)z=(z_1,\dots,z_n)z=(z1​,…,zn​) is available. When f(⋅,z)f(\cdot,z)f(⋅,z) is non-convex, gradient methods may stall at local minima or saddle points, and a guarantee on the population risk EF(x^)−F∗\mathbb EF(\hat x)-F^*EF(x^)−F∗, with F∗=min⁡xFF^*=\min_xFF∗=minx​F, requires controlling optimisation, discretisation and generalisation at once.

Langevin-type algorithms inject Gaussian noise into stochastic gradient steps so that the iterates approximately sample from a Gibbs law concentrated near global minimisers. X. Gao, M. Gürbüzbalaban and L. Zhu (arXiv:1809.04618, Operations Research 2022) prove explicit, non-asymptotic population-risk bounds for stochastic gradient Hamiltonian Monte Carlo (SGHMC), the momentum-based variant.

Timeline.

  • 2011: Welling and Teh introduce stochastic gradient Langevin dynamics (SGLD) for Bayesian learning (ICML 2011).
  • 2014: Chen, Fox and Guestrin introduce SGHMC (arXiv:1402.4102).
  • 2017: Raginsky, Rakhlin and Telgarsky (RRT17) give non-asymptotic population-risk bounds for SGLD on dissipative, smooth, non-convex losses (arXiv:1702.03849).
  • 2019: Eberle, Guillin and Zimmer (EGZ19) prove quantitative contraction rates for underdamped Langevin dynamics in a Lyapunov-weighted semi-metric (arXiv:1703.01617).
  • 2018–2022: Gao, Gürbüzbalaban and Zhu combine EGZ19 with an analysis of the Euler discretisation to obtain explicit bounds for SGHMC.

Setting

Fix a loss f:Rd×Z→[0,∞)f:\mathbb R^d\times\mathcal Z\to[0,\infty)f:Rd×Z→[0,∞) and a dataset z∈Znz\in\mathcal Z^nz∈Zn, with empirical risk Fz(x)=1n∑if(x,zi)F_z(x)=\frac1n\sum_if(x,z_i)Fz​(x)=n1​∑i​f(x,zi​). Assumption 1 asks five things:

  • (i) each f(⋅,ζ)f(\cdot,\zeta)f(⋅,ζ) is C1C^1C1 with ∣f(0,ζ)∣≤A0|f(0,\zeta)|\le A_0∣f(0,ζ)∣≤A0​ and ∥∇f(0,ζ)∥≤B\|\nabla f(0,\zeta)\|\le B∥∇f(0,ζ)∥≤B;
  • (ii) ∇f(⋅,ζ)\nabla f(\cdot,\zeta)∇f(⋅,ζ) is MMM-Lipschitz;
  • (iii) f(⋅,ζ)f(\cdot,\zeta)f(⋅,ζ) is (m,b)(m,b)(m,b)-dissipative, ⟨x,∇f(x,ζ)⟩≥m∥x∥2−b\langle x,\nabla f(x,\zeta)\rangle\ge m\|x\|^2-b⟨x,∇f(x,ζ)⟩≥m∥x∥2−b;
  • (iv) an unbiased gradient oracle g(x,U)g(x,U)g(x,U) has variance at most 2δ(M2∥x∥2+B2)2\delta(M^2\|x\|^2+B^2)2δ(M2∥x∥2+B2), with δ∈[0,1)\delta\in[0,1)δ∈[0,1);
  • (v) the initial law μ0\mu_0μ0​ of (X0,V0)(X_0,V_0)(X0​,V0​) has an exponential moment ∫eαVdμ0<∞\int e^{\alpha\mathcal V}d\mu_0<\infty∫eαVdμ0​<∞ of the Lyapunov function
V(x,v)=βFz(x)+β4γ2(∥x+γ−1v∥2+∥γ−1v∥2−λ∥x∥2),\mathcal V(x,v)=\beta F_z(x)+\tfrac\beta4\gamma^2\big(\|x+\gamma^{-1}v\|^2+\|\gamma^{-1}v\|^2-\lambda\|x\|^2\big),V(x,v)=βFz​(x)+4β​γ2(∥x+γ−1v∥2+∥γ−1v∥2−λ∥x∥2),

with friction γ>0\gamma>0γ>0, inverse temperature β>0\beta>0β>0, 0<λ<min⁡{1/4,m/(M+γ2/2)}0<\lambda<\min\{1/4,m/(M+\gamma^2/2)\}0<λ<min{1/4,m/(M+γ2/2)} and α=λ(1−2λ)/12\alpha=\lambda(1-2\lambda)/12α=λ(1−2λ)/12.

The algorithm SGHMC1, with step size η\etaη, i.i.d. standard Gaussian ξk\xi_kξk​ and i.i.d. oracle draws Uz,kU_{z,k}Uz,k​, is

Vk+1=Vk−η[γVk+g(Xk,Uz,k)]+2γβ−1η ξk,Xk+1=Xk+ηVk.V_{k+1}=V_k-\eta[\gamma V_k+g(X_k,U_{z,k})]+\sqrt{2\gamma\beta^{-1}\eta}\,\xi_k,\qquad X_{k+1}=X_k+\eta V_k.Vk+1​=Vk​−η[γVk​+g(Xk​,Uz,k​)]+2γβ−1η​ξk​,Xk+1​=Xk​+ηVk​.

This is the Euler discretisation of underdamped Langevin dynamics, whose invariant law is the Gibbs law πz(dx,dv)∝exp⁡(−β(12∥v∥2+Fz(x))) dx dv\pi_z(dx,dv)\propto\exp(-\beta(\frac12\|v\|^2+F_z(x)))\,dx\,dvπz​(dx,dv)∝exp(−β(21​∥v∥2+Fz​(x)))dxdv. Write μk,z\mu_{k,z}μk,z​ for the law of (Xk,Vk)(X_k,V_k)(Xk​,Vk​). A drift constant A>0A>0A>0 satisfies x⋅∇Fz(x)≥2λ(Fz(x)+γ2∥x∥2/4)−2A/βx\cdot\nabla F_z(x)\ge2\lambda(F_z(x)+\gamma^2\|x\|^2/4)-2A/\betax⋅∇Fz​(x)≥2λ(Fz​(x)+γ2∥x∥2/4)−2A/β. The constants of the paper's Table 1 (μ∗\mu_*μ∗​, CCC, C0C_0C0​, C1C_1C1​, C2C_2C2​, σ\sigmaσ, R1R_1R1​, ε1\varepsilon_1ε1​, H‾ρ\overline{\mathcal H}_\rhoHρ​) are explicit functions of these data. Here μ∗\mu_*μ∗​ is the contraction rate of the continuous dynamics.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 4

Let ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0. Let the step size satisfy (3.3), η≤min⁡{(ε/(log⁡(1/ε))3/2)4,1,(γ/K2)(d/β+A/β),γλ/(2K1),2/(γλ)}\eta\le\min\{(\varepsilon/(\log(1/\varepsilon))^{3/2})^4,1,(\gamma/K_2)(d/\beta+A/\beta),\gamma\lambda/(2K_1),2/(\gamma\lambda)\}η≤min{(ε/(log(1/ε))3/2)4,1,(γ/K2​)(d/β+A/β),γλ/(2K1​),2/(γλ)}, and let kη=μ∗−1log⁡(1/ε)≥ek\eta=\mu_*^{-1}\log(1/\varepsilon)\ge ekη=μ∗−1​log(1/ε)≥e (3.4). Then, with the expectation over the sample Z∼DnZ\sim D^nZ∼Dn and the algorithm's randomness,

EF(Xk)−F∗≤J‾0(ε)+J1(ε)+J2+J3(n).\mathbb EF(X_k)-F^*\le\overline{\mathcal J}_0(\varepsilon)+\mathcal J_1(\varepsilon)+\mathcal J_2+\mathcal J_3(n).EF(Xk​)−F∗≤J​0​(ε)+J1​(ε)+J2​+J3​(n).

The four terms bound, in order:

  • the initialisation error, J‾0=(Mσ+B)CH‾ρ(μ0) ε\overline{\mathcal J}_0=(M\sigma+B)C\sqrt{\overline{\mathcal H}_\rho(\mu_0)}\,\varepsilonJ​0​=(Mσ+B)CHρ​(μ0​)​ε;
  • the discretisation and gradient-noise error, J1\mathcal J_1J1​;
  • the concentration of the Gibbs law, J2=d2βlog⁡(eMm(bβd+1))\mathcal J_2=\frac d{2\beta}\log(\frac{eM}m(\frac{b\beta}d+1))J2​=2βd​log(meM​(dbβ​+1));
  • the generalisation error, J3(n)=4βcLSn(M2m(b+d/β)+B2)\mathcal J_3(n)=\frac{4\beta c_{LS}}n(\frac{M^2}m(b+d/\beta)+B^2)J3​(n)=n4βcLS​​(mM2​(b+d/β)+B2), with cLSc_{LS}cLS​ given by a spectral gap λ∗\lambda_*λ∗​ of overdamped Langevin dynamics.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Lemma 25 (quadratic bounds on fff).
  2. Lemma 16(ii) (uniform second moments of the iterates).
  3. Lemma 26 (W2\mathcal W_2W2​-continuity of expectations).
  4. Lemma 20 (Hρ(μ0,πz)≤H‾ρ(μ0)\mathcal H_\rho(\mu_0,\pi_z)\le\overline{\mathcal H}_\rho(\mu_0)Hρ​(μ0​,πz​)≤Hρ​(μ0​)).
  5. Theorem 2:
∣∫Fz dμk,z−∫Fz dπz∣≤J0(z,ε)+J1(ε).\Big|\int F_z\,d\mu_{k,z}-\int F_z\,d\pi_z\Big|\le\mathcal J_0(z,\varepsilon)+\mathcal J_1(\varepsilon).​∫Fz​dμk,z​−∫Fz​dπz​​≤J0​(z,ε)+J1​(ε).
  1. Theorem 5, first inequality: ∣EF(Xk)−EF(Xπ)∣≤J‾0+J1|\mathbb EF(X_k)-\mathbb EF(X_\pi)|\le\overline{\mathcal J}_0+\mathcal J_1∣EF(Xk​)−EF(Xπ​)∣≤J​0​+J1​.
  2. Lemma 28 (Gibbs concentration).
  3. Lemma 27 (uniform stability of πz\pi_zπz​).
  4. The J3\mathcal J_3J3​ bound in the proof of Corollary 4.

Significance

The result. Corollary 4 is a global-optimisation guarantee for a non-convex stochastic program with every constant explicit, so a target accuracy translates into a step size and an iteration count. Compared with the analogous SGLD bounds, the dependence on the contraction rate μ∗\mu_*μ∗​ of the underdamped dynamics replaces the spectral gap of the overdamped one; §5 of the paper shows landscapes on which this improves the iteration complexity. The bound also separates the four sources of error (initialisation, discretisation, concentration, generalisation), so each can be sharpened independently.

Formalizing it. All results are proved on paper; none has a machine-checked proof. A formal development would supply:

  • explicit Gibbs-measure estimates (Lemmas 27, 28) that are reusable for any Langevin-based learner;
  • a Lyapunov analysis of a stochastic recursion (Lemma 16);
  • a checked version of the constant bookkeeping. Two constants of the printed Table 1 do not match their proofs, and this mission states the values the proofs support.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to compare the discrete chain directly with its invariant law. That fails, because SGHMC1 does not leave πz\pi_zπz​ invariant, and the bias must be controlled through the continuous-time diffusion. The proof of Theorem 2 needs three ingredients:

  • a Girsanov-type relative-entropy comparison between the chain and the diffusion (Lemma 18);
  • a transport inequality converting entropy into W2\mathcal W_2W2​;
  • the EGZ19 contraction in the semi-metric Hρ\mathcal H_\rhoHρ​ (Theorem 19), which rests on a reflection/synchronous coupling and on the existence of the concave profile hhh.

Mathlib has no stochastic integral or SDE solution theory, so none of these continuous-time statements is formalized as an item here. A solver proving Theorem 2 must either build that theory or find a discrete-time argument. Lemma 27 needs a logarithmic Sobolev inequality for πz\pi_zπz​ derived from a Poincaré inequality and a Lyapunov condition.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d). Laws on the phase space live on Rd×Rd\mathbb R^d\times\mathbb R^dRd×Rd, and every Euclidean phase-space norm is written ∥x∥2+∥v∥2\|x\|^2+\|v\|^2∥x∥2+∥v∥2; Lemma 26 is stated on WithLp 2 (ℝ^d × ℝ^d).

The oracle is g(z,x,u)g(z,x,u)g(z,x,u) with a dataset-independent law νU\nu_UνU​ of the draws uuu. The iterates are random variables on a probability space carrying (X0,V0)∼μ0(X_0,V_0)\sim\mu_0(X0​,V0​)∼μ0​, Gaussian ξk\xi_kξk​ and draws Uk∼νUU_k\sim\nu_UUk​∼νU​, all mutually independent. fff and ggg are jointly measurable. The goal's expectation is a lower Lebesgue integral of F≥0F\ge0F≥0 over DnD^nDn and the probability space. The Gibbs law is an explicit density against Lebesgue measure.

The following conventions are explicit hypotheses or definitions:

  • the drift constant AAA, the pair (α1,Λ)(\alpha_1,\Lambda)(α1​,Λ) of (A.15) and a positive lower bound λ0≤λ∗\lambda_0\le\lambda_*λ0​≤λ∗​ of the spectral gap are parameters with their defining conditions;
  • the dataset-dependent integrals ∫V dμ0\int\mathcal V\,d\mu_0∫Vdμ0​ and ∫eαV/4dμ0\int e^{\alpha\mathcal V/4}d\mu_0∫eαV/4dμ0​ are replaced in Corollary 4 and Theorem 5 by uniform upper bounds V‾0,E‾0\overline V_0,\overline E_0V0​,E0​;
  • d,n≥1d,n\ge1d,n≥1;
  • Lemma 25 adds part (iii) of Assumption 1, without which its lower bound is false;
  • C1C_1C1​ and H‾ρ(μ0)\overline{\mathcal H}_\rho(\mu_0)Hρ​(μ0​) use the values derived in the proofs of Lemmas 18 and 20. The C1C_1C1​ correction increases the bound; the H‾ρ\overline{\mathcal H}_\rhoHρ​ correction replaces MMM by βM\beta MβM, whose comparison with the printed value depends on β\betaβ.

The goal is not a statement about a chosen kkk, an existence claim or a junk value. Its left side cannot collapse to zero, and every hypothesis set is satisfiable, for instance by f(x,ζ)=12∥x∥2f(x,\zeta)=\frac12\|x\|^2f(x,ζ)=21​∥x∥2 with an exact oracle and μ0=δ0\mu_0=\delta_0μ0​=δ0​.

The underdamped Langevin SDE, Lemmas 16(i), 17, 18 and Theorem 19 are not items. Neither are the SGHMC2 results (Theorems 6, 9, Corollaries 7, 8), Corollary 3 and §5–6. Contributions toward Gibbs-measure moment bounds, couplings on R2d\mathbb R^{2d}R2d and the Lyapunov recursion are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • X. Gao, M. Gürbüzbalaban, L. Zhu, Global Convergence of Stochastic Gradient Hamiltonian Monte Carlo for Non-Convex Stochastic Optimization: Non-Asymptotic Performance Bounds and Momentum-Based Acceleration, Operations Research 70(5), 2022; arXiv v4, 2020. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.04618
  • M. Raginsky, A. Rakhlin, M. Telgarsky, Non-convex learning via stochastic gradient Langevin dynamics: a nonasymptotic analysis, COLT 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1702.03849
  • A. Eberle, A. Guillin, R. Zimmer, Couplings and quantitative contraction rates for Langevin dynamics, Annals of Probability 47(4), 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1703.01617
  • T. Chen, E. Fox, C. Guestrin, Stochastic Gradient Hamiltonian Monte Carlo, ICML 2014. https://arxiv.org/abs/1402.4102
  • M. Welling, Y. W. Teh, Bayesian Learning via Stochastic Gradient Langevin Dynamics, ICML 2011. https://www.stats.ox.ac.uk/~teh/research/compstats/WelTeh2011a.pdf
  • Y. Polyanskiy, Y. Wu, Wasserstein continuity of entropy and outer bounds for interference channels, IEEE Trans. Inf. Theory 62(7), 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1504.04419
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Optimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Suboptimal Local Minima Exist for Wide Neural Networks with Smooth Activations: For Generic Inputs and Any Depth and Width, Some Output Data Gives the Squared Loss a Sub-Optimal Local MinimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Training a neural network means minimizing a non-convex loss over its weights. Local search methods can only certify local optimality, so a recurring question in the theory of neural network optimization is whether every local minimum of the training loss is a global minimum. A local minimum that is not global is called a sub-optimal (or bad) local minimum.

A line of positive results suggested that sufficiently wide networks have no bad local minima. Yu and Chen (IEEE Trans. Neural Networks 6(5), 1995, Theorem 3) stated that for one-hidden-layer sigmoid networks with at least as many hidden neurons as training samples, every local minimum is global; the survey of Bianchini and Gori (Neurocomputing, 1996) lists this as a main result of the area. Later work proved weaker landscape properties for deep over-parameterized networks, such as the absence of sub-optimal valleys or basins (Nguyen, Mukkamala and Hein, arXiv:1809.10749; Nguyen, arXiv:1901.07417), and Nguyen, Mukkamala and Hein conjectured that "no bad local minima" holds under mild conditions.

Timeline of related results, as attributed in the source paper:

  • 1995: Yu and Chen state that wide one-hidden-layer sigmoid networks have no bad local minima.
  • 1996: Auer, Herbster and Warmuth construct exponentially many local minima for a single neuron.
  • 2016: Kawaguchi (NeurIPS 2016) shows that deep linear networks have no bad local minima.
  • 2018: Safran and Shamir (ICML 2018) find spurious local minima in two-layer ReLU networks with Gaussian inputs; Yun, Sra and Jadbabaie (arXiv:1802.03487) construct bad local minima for networks with piecewise linear activations.
  • 2019–2020: Ding, Li and Sun (arXiv:1911.01413) construct bad local minima for networks of any depth and width with almost every smooth activation, which also refutes the 1995 claim.

Setting

A fully connected network with HHH hidden layers has widths d1,…,dHd_1, \dots, d_Hd1​,…,dH​, input width d0d_0d0​ and output width dH+1d_{H+1}dH+1​. Its parameters are

Θ=(W1,b1,W2,b2,…,WH,bH,WH+1),Wh∈Rdh×dh−1, bh∈Rdh.\Theta = (W_1, \mathbf b_1, W_2, \mathbf b_2, \dots, W_H, \mathbf b_H, W_{H+1}),\qquad W_h \in \mathbb R^{d_h \times d_{h-1}},\ \mathbf b_h \in \mathbb R^{d_h}.Θ=(W1​,b1​,W2​,b2​,…,WH​,bH​,WH+1​),Wh​∈Rdh​×dh−1​, bh​∈Rdh​.

Given an activation σ:R→R\sigma : \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rσ:R→R and a data matrix X∈Rd0×NX \in \mathbb R^{d_0 \times N}X∈Rd0​×N whose columns are the NNN samples, the post-activations are T0=XT_0 = XT0​=X and

(Th)i,n=σ(∑jwh,i,j (Th−1)j,n+bh,i),1≤h≤H,(T_h)_{i,n} = \sigma\Big(\sum_{j} w_{h,i,j}\,(T_{h-1})_{j,n} + b_{h,i}\Big),\qquad 1 \le h \le H,(Th​)i,n​=σ(j∑​wh,i,j​(Th−1​)j,n​+bh,i​),1≤h≤H,

and the network output is TH+1(Θ)=WH+1THT_{H+1}(\Theta) = W_{H+1} T_HTH+1​(Θ)=WH+1​TH​, with no output bias. For targets Y∈RdH+1×NY \in \mathbb R^{d_{H+1}\times N}Y∈RdH+1​×N, the empirical loss is

E(Θ)=∥Y−TH+1(Θ)∥F2.E(\Theta) = \|Y - T_{H+1}(\Theta)\|_F^2 .E(Θ)=∥Y−TH+1​(Θ)∥F2​.

Two assumptions are made.

  • Assumption 1 (data). d02/2+3d0/2<Nd_0^2/2 + 3d_0/2 < Nd02​/2+3d0​/2<N, and the vectors 1N\mathbf 1_N1N​, the rows X(i,:)X(i,:)X(i,:), and the Hadamard products X(i,:)∘X(j,:)X(i,:) \circ X(j,:)X(i,:)∘X(j,:) for i≤ji \le ji≤j are linearly independent in RN\mathbb R^NRN. Given the dimension condition, this holds for all XXX outside a set of measure zero.
  • Assumption 2 (activation). For some a∈Ra \in \mathbb Ra∈R and δ>0\delta > 0δ>0, σ\sigmaσ is twice continuously differentiable on [a−δ,a+δ][a - \delta, a + \delta][a−δ,a+δ] and σ(a),σ′(a),σ′′(a)\sigma(a), \sigma'(a), \sigma''(a)σ(a),σ′(a),σ′′(a) are all nonzero. Sigmoid, softplus, ELU and Swish satisfy it.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

For every XXX satisfying Assumption 1 with N≥3N \ge 3N≥3, every σ\sigmaσ satisfying Assumption 2, any depth H≥1H \ge 1H≥1 and any widths with dH≥2d_H \ge 2dH​≥2, there is an output matrix YYY such that

∃ Θ:Θ is a local minimum of Eand∃ Θ′: E(Θ′)<E(Θ).\exists\, \Theta:\quad \Theta \text{ is a local minimum of } E \quad\text{and}\quad \exists\, \Theta' :\ E(\Theta') < E(\Theta).∃Θ:Θ is a local minimum of Eand∃Θ′: E(Θ′)<E(Θ).

The data XXX and the activation σ\sigmaσ are given; only YYY is chosen. The widths other than dHd_HdH​ are unrestricted, so the statement covers arbitrarily wide and deep networks.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1 (p. 20): given linearly independent a1,…,aL1\mathbf a_1, \dots, \mathbf a_{L_1}a1​,…,aL1​​ and 1≤d<L11 \le d < L_11≤d<L1​, there are L2−dL_2 - dL2​−d linearly independent vectors orthogonal to a1,…,ad\mathbf a_1, \dots, \mathbf a_da1​,…,ad​ and with positive inner product with ad+1,…,aL1\mathbf a_{d+1}, \dots, \mathbf a_{L_1}ad+1​,…,aL1​​.
  2. The output data (§6.1, eqs. (25)–(29)): under Assumption 1, ΔY=σ(a)1−Y\Delta Y = \sigma(a)\mathbf 1 - YΔY=σ(a)1−Y can be chosen with rows orthogonal to 1\mathbf 11, to every row of XXX and to every mixed product X(j,:)∘X(j′,:)X(j,:) \circ X(j',:)X(j,:)∘X(j′,:), and with [σ′(a)]H−1σ′′(a)⟨ΔY(i,:),X(j,:)∘X(j,:)⟩>0[\sigma'(a)]^{H-1}\sigma''(a)\langle \Delta Y(i,:), X(j,:)\circ X(j,:)\rangle > 0[σ′(a)]H−1σ′′(a)⟨ΔY(i,:),X(j,:)∘X(j,:)⟩>0 (conditions (23)).
  3. The constant-output configuration (eqs. (19)–(21)): with W1=0W_1 = 0W1​=0, b1=a1\mathbf b_1 = a\mathbf 1b1​=a1, positive deeper weights, biases bh,i=a−σ(a)∑jwh,i,jb_{h,i} = a - \sigma(a)\sum_j w_{h,i,j}bh,i​=a−σ(a)∑j​wh,i,j​ and WH+1=1dH1W_{H+1} = \frac1{d_H}\mathbf 1WH+1​=dH​1​1, every hidden neuron outputs σ(a)\sigma(a)σ(a) and TH+1=σ(a)1T_{H+1} = \sigma(a)\mathbf 1TH+1​=σ(a)1.
  4. Lemma 2 (p. 21): for each hidden layer hhh there is such a configuration near which the change of ThT_hTh​ caused by perturbing everything except W1W_1W1​ is positively correlated with each row of ΔY\Delta YΔY, quadratically in its size (32), and some nearby configuration makes ThT_hTh​ itself positively correlated (33).
  5. Local minimality (§6.2, eqs. (34)–(42)): the configuration of Lemma 2 at h=Hh = Hh=H is a local minimum of EEE.
  6. Sub-optimality (§6.3, eqs. (43)–(50)): E(Θ)=∥ΔY∥F2>0E(\Theta) = \|\Delta Y\|_F^2 > 0E(Θ)=∥ΔY∥F2​>0 and some Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ has a strictly smaller loss.

Significance

The theorem is a counter-example: for generic data and almost every smooth activation, increasing width or depth does not by itself remove bad local minima of the squared loss. It refutes Theorem 3 of Yu and Chen (1995) (Corollary 2 of the paper) and the conjecture of Nguyen, Mukkamala and Hein for this setting. Positive landscape results therefore need further assumptions on the data, the targets or the architecture, and the construction indicates which assumptions cannot be dropped.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof of it is known. A formalization would verify a full counter-example for arbitrary depth, which involves a layer-by-layer second-order expansion whose bookkeeping across layers is where informal arguments of this type are most error-prone. It also provides a reusable Lean model of a deep fully connected network with biases and an arbitrary activation, which other landscape results can build on.

Difficulty

The output of the constructed configuration does not depend on the input, so a perturbation of Θ\ThetaΘ changes TH+1T_{H+1}TH+1​ in ways that need not be first-order: the obvious approach of checking a vanishing gradient and a positive semidefinite Hessian is inconclusive, because the loss is flat along several directions at the constructed point (for instance, changes of WH+1W_{H+1}WH+1​ that keep its row sums), and the decisive effect of perturbing W1W_1W1​ appears only at second order in the hidden layers. Local minimality must be shown for all nearby configurations at once, by controlling the second-order term of every layer uniformly in a neighbourhood and propagating the sign through the HHH layers. The correlation condition must hold for every row of ΔY\Delta YΔY and every neuron simultaneously.

Formalization scope

  • Model. Matrices are functions Fin a → Fin b → ℝ; indices of neurons and samples are 0-based. The parameter space is the full product of all weights W1,…,WH+1W_1, \dots, W_{H+1}W1​,…,WH+1​ and all hidden biases b1,…,bH\mathbf b_1, \dots, \mathbf b_Hb1​,…,bH​, with its usual sup-norm metric; local minimality is Mathlib's IsLocalMin. The forward pass is defined by recursion over the layers, feeding the post-activation of layer h−1h-1h−1 to layer hhh (the printed eq. (2b) writes the pre-activation, a slip).
  • Assumptions. Assumption 1(a) is written over ℕ as d02+3d0<2Nd_0^2 + 3d_0 < 2Nd02​+3d0​<2N; the products in 1(b) are indexed by unordered pairs i≤ji \le ji≤j, so that the family has d02/2+3d0/2+1d_0^2/2 + 3d_0/2 + 1d02​/2+3d0​/2+1 members, as the paper counts. Assumption 2(a) is read as C2C^2C2 on the interval, matching the paper's gloss; σ\sigmaσ is arbitrary outside it.
  • Added hypotheses. H≥1H \ge 1H≥1 and positive widths d0,d1,…,dH+1≥1d_0, d_1, \dots, d_{H+1} \ge 1d0​,d1​,…,dH+1​≥1. With output width zero the loss is identically zero, and with a zero-width hidden layer the output does not depend on XXX; the paper's setting presupposes positive widths.
  • Lemma 2 is stated with hypothesis (23) on ΔY\Delta YΔY instead of (28) on YYY (milestone 2 shows (28) implies (23)), with the printed index range dh+1d_{h+1}dh+1​ read as dH+1d_{H+1}dH+1​, and with sup-norm balls around the full parameter in place of Euclidean balls around its first hhh layers.
  • Ruled out. Fixing W1=0W_1 = 0W1​=0 in the parameter type, choosing XXX or σ\sigmaσ existentially, or indexing the Hadamard products by ordered pairs (which makes Assumption 1 unsatisfiable for d0≥2d_0 \ge 2d0​≥2 and the theorem vacuous) would each trivialize the goal; none is done.
  • Not included. Theorems 2–5 and Corollaries 1–2 of the paper (piecewise linear activations, positive-measure sets of targets for sigmoid networks, and the cases N=1,2N = 1, 2N=1,2).

Contributions welcome: proofs of the milestones, in particular a Lean development of the layer-wise Taylor expansion behind Lemma 2.

Selected references

  • T. Ding, D. Li, R. Sun, Sub-Optimal Local Minima Exist for Neural Networks with Almost All Non-Linear Activations, arXiv:1911.01413v3, 2020; published as Suboptimal local minima exist for wide neural networks with smooth activations, Mathematics of Operations Research 47(4), 2022. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.01413
  • X.-H. Yu, G.-A. Chen, On the local minima free condition of backpropagation learning, IEEE Transactions on Neural Networks 6(5):1300–1303, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1109/72.410380
  • Q. Nguyen, M. C. Mukkamala, M. Hein, On the loss landscape of a class of deep neural networks with no bad local valleys, ICLR 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1809.10749
  • K. Kawaguchi, Deep learning without poor local minima, NeurIPS 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1605.07110
  • I. Safran, O. Shamir, Spurious local minima are common in two-layer ReLU neural networks, ICML 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1712.08968
  • C. Yun, S. Sra, A. Jadbabaie, Small nonlinearities in activation functions create bad local minima in neural networks, ICLR 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1802.03487
8 thms1 active userReviewed
Convex OptimizationOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Naive Feature Selection: A Nearly Tight Convex Relaxation for Sparse Naive Bayes: The Sparse Multinomial Relaxation Bound Is Tight up to Four Features, ψ(k − 4) ≤ ϕ(k) ≤ ψ(k) ≤ ϕ(k + 4)Research Paper

Motivation

Naive Bayes is one of the oldest and cheapest classifiers for text and count data: given word counts for documents in two classes, it fits one multinomial distribution per class by maximum likelihood and classifies by the likelihood ratio. Its cost is a single pass over the data. In high-dimensional applications (text, genomics) one also wants the classifier to depend on few features, both for interpretability and to discard noise. Imposing that the two class distributions differ in at most kkk coordinates turns maximum-likelihood fitting into a cardinality-constrained, nonconvex problem.

Askari, d'Aspremont and El Ghaoui (arXiv:1905.09884, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024) show that the Lagrangian dual of this sparse problem is a one-dimensional convex problem solvable by bisection at essentially the cost of naive Bayes itself, and that its value is within a shift of four features of the true optimum. The shift comes from a duality-gap bound for separable problems in the line of Aubin and Ekeland (1976) and Ekeland and Temam, based on the Shapley–Folkman lemma.

Setting

There are mmm features. A nonnegative data matrix with labels ±1\pm1±1 enters only through the class sums f+,f−∈Rmf^+,f^-\in\mathbb R^mf+,f−∈Rm (the total count of each feature in each class), assumed entrywise positive. Write g=f++f−g=f^++f^-g=f++f− and S=1⊤gS=\mathbf 1^\top gS=1⊤g.

The sparse multinomial naive Bayes problem (SMNB) at sparsity level kkk is

ϕ(k)=max⁡θ+,θ−∈[0,1]m f+⊤log⁡θ++f−⊤log⁡θ−s.t.1⊤θ+=1⊤θ−=1,∥θ+−θ−∥0≤k,\phi(k)=\max_{\theta^+,\theta^-\in[0,1]^m}\ f^{+\top}\log\theta^++f^{-\top}\log\theta^-\quad\text{s.t.}\quad \mathbf 1^\top\theta^+=\mathbf 1^\top\theta^-=1,\quad \|\theta^+-\theta^-\|_0\le k,ϕ(k)=θ+,θ−∈[0,1]mmax​ f+⊤logθ++f−⊤logθ−s.t.1⊤θ+=1⊤θ−=1,∥θ+−θ−∥0​≤k,

where ∥θ+−θ−∥0\|\theta^+-\theta^-\|_0∥θ+−θ−∥0​ counts the coordinates in which the two class distributions differ. Without the last constraint the problem is ordinary naive Bayes.

For a vector ccc, sk(c)s_k(c)sk​(c) is the sum of its kkk largest entries. Let

C~=f+∘log⁡f++f−∘log⁡f−−g∘log⁡g,h(α)=C~−f+log⁡α−f−log⁡(1−α)(0<α<1),\tilde C=f^+\circ\log f^++f^-\circ\log f^--g\circ\log g,\qquad h(\alpha)=\tilde C-f^+\log\alpha-f^-\log(1-\alpha)\quad(0<\alpha<1),C~=f+∘logf++f−∘logf−−g∘logg,h(α)=C~−f+logα−f−log(1−α)(0<α<1),

and C=g⊤log⁡g−Slog⁡SC=g^\top\log g-S\log SC=g⊤logg−SlogS. The relaxation (USMNB) has value

ψ(k)=C+min⁡α∈(0,1)sk(h(α)).\psi(k)=C+\min_{\alpha\in(0,1)}s_k\big(h(\alpha)\big).ψ(k)=C+α∈(0,1)min​sk​(h(α)).

It is a convex problem in one variable. Its dual (D) is a concave maximization over x∈[0,1]mx\in[0,1]^mx∈[0,1]m with 1⊤x≤k\mathbf 1^\top x\le k1⊤x≤k, which plays the role of a fractional feature-selection vector.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.6

For 4≤k<m4\le k<m4≤k<m,

ψ(k−4)≤ϕ(k)≤ψ(k)≤ϕ(k+4).\psi(k-4)\le\phi(k)\le\psi(k)\le\phi(k+4).ψ(k−4)≤ϕ(k)≤ψ(k)≤ϕ(k+4).

The constant four does not depend on mmm, kkk or the data. Numerically it is not tight (a shift of one suffices on random instances), but the goal keeps the paper's constant.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.11: sk(c)=min⁡λ≥0λk+∑imax⁡(0,ci−λ)s_k(c)=\min_{\lambda\ge0}\lambda k+\sum_i\max(0,c_i-\lambda)sk​(c)=minλ≥0​λk+∑i​max(0,ci​−λ) for c≥0c\ge0c≥0, the optimal multipliers, and the structure of solutions of the dual linear program (36).
  2. §3.4: w(μ)≥v(μ)w(\mu)\ge v(\mu)w(μ)≥v(μ) for μ>0\mu>0μ>0, the inequality behind the top-kkk form.
  3. §3.4: the Lagrangian dual of (SMNB) equals −S+min⁡(17)-S+\min(17)−S+min(17), which equals ψ(k)\psi(k)ψ(k).
  4. Theorem 3.2: ϕ(k)≤ψ(k)\phi(k)\le\psi(k)ϕ(k)≤ψ(k).
  5. Theorem 3.5: the duality-gap bound hP(pˉ)≤hP(0)∗∗+(m+1)max⁡iρ(fi)h_P(\bar p)\le h_P(0)^{**}+(m+1)\max_i\rho(f_i)hP​(pˉ​)≤hP​(0)∗∗+(m+1)maxi​ρ(fi​) for separable problems.
  6. The lack of convexity of 1x≠y\mathbf 1_{x\ne y}1x=y​ on [0,1]2[0,1]^2[0,1]2 is one, its convex envelope being ∣x−y∣|x-y|∣x−y∣.
  7. Proposition 3.7: strong duality between (USMNB) and its dual (D).
  8. Proposition 3.8: an optimal solution of (D) with JJJ fractional coordinates yields a feasible point of (SMNB) at level k+∣J∣k+|J|k+∣J∣ whose value lies between ϕ(k)\phi(k)ϕ(k) and ϕ(k+∣J∣)\phi(k+|J|)ϕ(k+∣J∣).
  9. Proposition 3.9: (D) has an optimal solution with at most four fractional coordinates.

Milestones 1–6 follow the paper's proof of Theorem 3.6; milestones 7–9, on top of 1–4, are the paper's second, constructive route to the upper bound ψ(k)≤ϕ(k+4)\psi(k)\le\phi(k+4)ψ(k)≤ϕ(k+4).

Significance

The theorem certifies that a convex problem of negligible cost brackets a nonconvex, combinatorial maximum-likelihood problem: the relaxation's value at kkk lies between the true values at kkk and k+4k+4k+4. Whenever ψ\psiψ varies slowly in kkk, which the paper observes past the "elbow" in the number of relevant features, the duality gap is small, and Propositions 3.8–3.9 turn the relaxation's solution into a sparse classifier with at most four extra features. The paper uses this to run feature selection on data sets with millions of features.

The results are proved in the paper (Theorem 3.5 is quoted from the literature). None is formalized. Formalizing them yields the perturbation-function duality-gap bound for separable nonconvex problems as a reusable statement, a verified variational formula for top-kkk sums, and a check of a printed formula: the dual (D) as printed carries a spurious term −(x⊤g)-(x^\top g)−(x⊤g), and the formal statement uses the corrected objective.

Difficulty

The lower and middle inequalities are weak duality once the dual is computed, and computing it is a separable calculation. The upper inequality ψ(k)≤ϕ(k+4)\psi(k)\le\phi(k+4)ψ(k)≤ϕ(k+4) is the content: it bounds a duality gap, and nothing in the one-dimensional structure of (USMNB) gives it. The naive approach, rounding the fractional xxx of (D) to its top kkk coordinates, has no a priori control on the loss. Both of the paper's routes need a Shapley–Folkman type argument, in which the number of nonconvex contributions is bounded by the number of constraints plus one. The Shapley–Folkman lemma itself is not in Mathlib (it is an open goal on the platform), and Theorem 3.5 also requires conjugates of extended-valued functions and the convex envelope of a sum of separable terms.

Formalization scope

Features are indexed by Fin m, with fp fm : Fin m → ℝ entrywise positive. This positivity is stated on p. 7 and is needed because the formulas take log⁡f±\log f^\pmlogf±. The standing assumption k<mk<mk<m of §3.1 is carried by every statement about (SMNB). The commitments are:

  • ϕ(k)\phi(k)ϕ(k) is a real supremum over θ±∈(0,1]m\theta^\pm\in(0,1]^mθ±∈(0,1]m. Strict positivity matches the paper's value (f±>0f^\pm>0f±>0 makes the objective −∞-\infty−∞ at any θi=0\theta_i=0θi​=0) and avoids Lean's log⁡0=0\log0=0log0=0.
  • sks_ksk​ sums the largest min⁡(k,m)\min(k,m)min(k,m) entries, including for signed vectors. On the nonnegative vectors used by the relaxation, this equals the maximum over index sets of size at most kkk from p. 6.
  • ψ(k)\psi(k)ψ(k) minimizes over the open interval (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), where hhh is defined, and the constant C=g⊤log⁡g−Slog⁡SC=g^\top\log g-S\log SC=g⊤logg−SlogS of p. 8 is built in. Taking CCC as a parameter, or defining ψ\psiψ as the Lagrangian dual, would make the goal false or turn milestone 3 into a definition; both are excluded.
  • The Lagrangian dual's inner maximum is over θ±∈(0,∞)m\theta^\pm\in(0,\infty)^mθ±∈(0,∞)m, which is the problem the paper's closed forms solve. With the printed box [0,1]m[0,1]^m[0,1]m the identity of milestone 3 fails on some instances.
  • (D) is used in its corrected form, with z=1−xz=\mathbf 1-xz=1−x eliminated.
  • §3.6 uses EReal-valued functions on Fin d → ℝ. The conjugate is a supremum (p. 9 prints an infimum), and finiteness of each ρ(gji)\rho(g_{ji})ρ(gji​) is added in Theorem 3.5 so that pˉ\bar ppˉ​ is a real vector.
  • In the paper's proof of Theorem 3.6, the equality constraints of (25) are not of the form "≤b+u\le b+u≤b+u" required by (P). Because the objective is decreasing in qqq and rrr, replacing them by inequalities leaves the values unchanged.

Proposition 3.8 is stated with the additional conclusion that the constructed point's value is at least the optimum of (D). Its proof establishes this, and without it the statement is met by a maximizer of ϕ(k)\phi(k)ϕ(k) and says nothing about (D).

A complete development needs Lagrangian duality for a separable problem, the perspective of xlog⁡xx\log xxlogx, top-kkk sums and their LP dual, Fenchel conjugates of extended-valued functions, and a Shapley–Folkman lemma. The last three are reusable well beyond this mission, and contributions there are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Askari, A. d'Aspremont, L. El Ghaoui, Naive Feature Selection: A Nearly Tight Convex Relaxation for Sparse Naive Bayes, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2024. https://arxiv.org/abs/1905.09884 (v4 used here).
  • J.-P. Aubin, I. Ekeland, Estimates of the duality gap in nonconvex optimization, Mathematics of Operations Research 1(3), 1976. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.1.3.225
  • I. Ekeland, R. Temam, Convex Analysis and Variational Problems, SIAM Classics in Applied Mathematics, 1999, Appendix I. https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971088
  • R. M. Starr, Quasi-equilibria in markets with non-convex preferences, Econometrica 37(1), 1969. https://doi.org/10.2307/1909201
13 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Mean Field Analysis of Deep Neural Networks: The SGD-Trained Two-Hidden-Layer Network Converges, as Its Layer Widths Grow in Turn, to the Unique Solution of a Limiting Integro-Differential SystemResearch Paper

Motivation

A neural network can change its behavior substantially when both its width and its training duration grow. For a network with two hidden layers, the parameters of the layers interact during training, so a large-width description must account for the output of the actual optimization algorithm. Sirignano and Spiliopoulos study this question for online stochastic gradient descent (SGD) under a mean-field normalization. Their Theorem 2.3 identifies the limit of the trained network when the first hidden layer grows, followed by the second, and gives a rate for the intermediate second-layer approximation. The result concerns a trained network: all three families of weights evolve at every SGD step.

The normalization matters. Each hidden layer contributes an average, with factors 1/N11/N_11/N1​ and 1/N21/N_21/N2​ for the first and second widths. The learning rates depend on those widths, so the output can continue changing on the time scale of N1N_1N1​ SGD steps. The paper notes that a different scaling may lead to a different limiting equation or to no nontrivial training behavior at large width. A precise statement therefore needs the finite network and its SGD updates alongside the limiting equations, not merely a claim about an abstract mean-field flow.

Setting

Let ddd be an input dimension and x∈Rdx\in\mathbb R^dx∈Rd an input. A two-hidden-layer network has N1N_1N1​ first-layer units and N2N_2N2​ second-layer units. Its parameters are output weights CiC^iCi, first-layer vectors W1,jW^{1,j}W1,j, and second-layer weights W2,i,jW^{2,i,j}W2,i,j. With an activation σ:R→R\sigma:\mathbb R\to\mathbb Rσ:R→R, its output is

gθN1,N2(x)=1N2∑i=1N2Ciσ(1N1∑j=1N1W2,i,jσ(W1,j⋅x)).g_\theta^{N_1,N_2}(x)=\frac1{N_2}\sum_{i=1}^{N_2}C^i\sigma\left(\frac1{N_1}\sum_{j=1}^{N_1}W^{2,i,j}\sigma(W^{1,j}\cdot x)\right).gθN1​,N2​​(x)=N2​1​i=1∑N2​​Ciσ(N1​1​j=1∑N1​​W2,i,jσ(W1,j⋅x)).

Training samples (xk,yk)(x_k,y_k)(xk​,yk​) are independent draws from a probability law π\piπ supported on a compact product X×YX\times YX×Y. The three initial weight families are mutually independent and identically distributed within each family, with laws μc\mu_cμc​, μW1\mu_{W^1}μW1​, and μW2\mu_{W^2}μW2​. Each law has a continuous density and compact support. The activation is twice continuously differentiable and, as the paper's Cb2C_b^2Cb2​ notation requires, it and its first two derivatives are bounded. These are the standing conditions of Assumption 2.1.

At each step, SGD updates all parameters from the same previous parameter state and the same sample. The learning rates in equation (2.1) are αC=N2/N1\alpha_C=N_2/N_1αC​=N2​/N1​, αW,1=1\alpha_{W,1}=1αW,1​=1, and αW,2=N2\alpha_{W,2}=N_2αW,2​=N2​, applied with the step-size denominators in equation (1.4). The output at time ttt is the output after ⌊N1t⌋\lfloor N_1t\rfloor⌊N1​t⌋ updates. For fixed N2N_2N2​, the first-width limit is described by an N2N_2N2​-particle system. Its first-layer particle retains both its initial first-layer vector and the full vector of its N2N_2N2​ second-layer initial weights, because its dynamics depend on all of them. The second-width limit is a limiting integro-differential system for representative paths C~tc\widetilde C_t^cCtc​, W~t1,w\widetilde W_t^{1,w}Wt1,w​, and W~t2,c,w,u\widetilde W_t^{2,c,w,u}Wt2,c,w,u​.

Formalization targets

The main limit

For t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1] and x∈Xx\in Xx∈X, the target is the existence and uniqueness of the limiting system (2.6), together with

lim⁡N2→∞lim⁡N1→∞gtN1,N2(x)=gt(x)in probability,gt(x)=∫C~tc σ(Z~tc(x)) μc(dc).\lim_{N_2\to\infty}\lim_{N_1\to\infty}g_t^{N_1,N_2}(x)=g_t(x) \quad\text{in probability}, \qquad g_t(x)=\int \widetilde C_t^c\,\sigma(\widetilde Z_t^c(x))\,\mu_c(dc).N2​→∞lim​N1​→∞lim​gtN1​,N2​​(x)=gt​(x)in probability,gt​(x)=∫Ctc​σ(Ztc​(x))μc​(dc).

The order is fixed: N1N_1N1​ grows first while N2N_2N2​ is held fixed. The goal states the entire Theorem 2.3, including the existence clause; without existence, convergence quantified only over solutions would have no content.

Quantitative intermediate limit

For the particle output gtN2g_t^{N_2}gtN2​​, the same theorem gives a constant K<∞K<\inftyK<∞ such that

sup⁡x∈XE[∣gtN2(x)−gt(x)∣]≤KN2.\sup_{x\in X}\mathbb E\bigl[|g_t^{N_2}(x)-g_t(x)|\bigr] \le \frac K{\sqrt{N_2}}.x∈Xsup​E[∣gtN2​​(x)−gt​(x)∣]≤N2​​K​.

The attack path records the finite-particle well-posedness of Lemma A.5; the first-width output limit stated after Lemma 2.2; the uniform particle bound (5.5); the sampling-variance estimate (5.9); the mean squared particle-error estimate (5.15); the output rate from Section 5.8; and uniqueness from Lemma 6.1. Each is a stated result or displayed assertion in the source. The rate and uniqueness milestones are also conclusions of the goal theorem.

Significance

The theorem specifies what the output of this trained network approaches, rather than only describing the parameters of a network at initialization. It connects the discrete SGD recursion to a finite particle system and then to a deterministic output from a limiting system. The N2−1/2N_2^{-1/2}N2−1/2​ bound makes the second-width approximation quantitative, while uniqueness makes the limiting output independent of the choice of representative solution. These claims provide the basis for the paper's later discussion of global convergence under stronger assumptions; they do not themselves assert that training reaches a global minimum.

The paper proves the first-width and error estimates and gives a uniqueness argument for the limiting system. It asserts existence of a solution to (2.6) in Theorem 2.3, although a separate existence proof is not supplied there. A complete machine-checked development must account for that clause as well as the known arguments. No proof of this mission's goal or milestones is currently included in the draft Lean statements; they are targets for solvers. The network model, initialization law, and particle equations can also serve as reusable interfaces for further formal work on trained wide networks.

Difficulty

A direct large-width argument cannot treat the two widths as one undifferentiated limit. With N2N_2N2​ fixed, the shared first-layer weights couple all second-layer units. The first limit is a stochastic statement about the SGD iterates and a particle system whose state includes a vector of initial second-layer weights. Only after that limit can the N2N_2N2​ fluctuations be controlled. The second stage must bound both the sampling fluctuation of the representative output and the discrepancy between the particle paths and the limiting paths. The source's existence assertion also needs a mathematical justification in the specified continuous-solution class. Simply taking a pointwise limit of the network formula leaves all of these issues unresolved.

Formalization scope

Lean uses EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) for inputs, Fin N_1 and Fin N_2 for neuron indices, and Measure.pi or Measure.infinitePi for independent initial weights and data. The arrays of all widths live on one probability space with the stated product law. The SGD recursion is the simultaneous update (1.4), with the exact factors from (2.1), and time uses ⌊N1t⌋\lfloor N_1t\rfloor⌊N1​t⌋. The representative and particle systems are written in integral form. Solutions are jointly continuous on [0,1][0,1][0,1] times the compact supports of their initial states; this supplies the regularity needed for the integrals and matches the class used in Lemma 6.1. No nonempty-input-set assumption or monotonicity assumption on σ\sigmaσ is added.

The inner probability limit in the goal uses a limsup in N1N_1N1​. Footnote 2 writes an inner limit but does not assert its existence at every probability threshold; the limsup version implies its claim whenever that inner limit exists. A single rate constant works for all t∈[0,1]t\in[0,1]t∈[0,1], all positive N2N_2N2​, and all x∈Xx\in Xx∈X. The particle state includes the full vector of initial W2W^2W2 values, and the conditional expectation defining its second-layer preactivation is an integral over their product law at fixed initial CCC values. The finite network, particle system, and limiting system must be connected by the stated results; an arbitrary output function with the desired limit would not formalize this theorem.

A complete development needs probability measures on product spaces, integrals of continuous functions on compact supports, convergence in measure, finite-sample variance estimates, and existence and uniqueness theory for the coupled integral systems. Contributions to these pieces and to the stated milestone theorems are within scope. The measure-valued Skorokhod-space statement of Lemma 2.2, numerical experiments, and the paper's separate global-convergence theorem are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • Justin Sirignano and Konstantinos Spiliopoulos, Mean Field Analysis of Deep Neural Networks, Mathematics of Operations Research, 2022; arXiv:1903.04440v5 preprint, 2021. This mission uses the preprint's page and equation numbering.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
OptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

High-Dimensional Learning Under Approximate Sparsity with Applications to Nonsmooth Estimation and Regularized Neural Networks: Excess-Risk Bounds at S3ONC Solutions of MCP-Regularized M-EstimationResearch Paper

Motivation

High-dimensional statistical learning (HDSL) fits a model with ppp parameters from nnn samples when ppp may far exceed nnn. The standard guarantees for sparse estimators, such as the Lasso, rest on restricted strong convexity (RSC) or restricted eigenvalue conditions on the empirical risk (Negahban et al., 2012; Loh & Wainwright, 2015). These conditions fail or are hard to verify for many losses that matter in operations research and machine learning: nonsmooth losses, losses of neural networks, and M-estimation problems whose population risk is not strongly convex near any sparse vector.

Liu, Ye and Lee (arXiv:1903.00616v2; Operations Research, 2022) remove RSC entirely. They regularize the empirical risk with a folded concave penalty, the minimax concave penalty (MCP) of Zhang (2010), and analyse not a global minimizer (intractable, since the problem is nonconvex) but any point satisfying a weak second-order stationarity condition. They also replace exact sparsity by approximate sparsity: the best sparse vector need only be εA\varepsilon_AεA​-optimal for the population risk. Their main result, Theorem 1, gives an excess-risk bound whose sample complexity is poly-logarithmic in ppp.

Setting

Observations Z1,…,ZnZ_1, \dots, Z_nZ1​,…,Zn​ are i.i.d. copies of a random element ZZZ of a measurable space W\mathcal WW. A loss L(β,z)L(\beta, z)L(β,z), with parameter β∈Rp\beta \in \mathbb R^pβ∈Rp, defines the population risk L(β)=E[L(β,Z)]\mathbb L(\beta) = \mathbb E[L(\beta, Z)]L(β)=E[L(β,Z)], assumed finite for every β\betaβ and bounded below, the empirical risk Ln(β)=1n∑iL(β,Zi)\mathcal L_n(\beta) = \frac1n\sum_i L(\beta, Z_i)Ln​(β)=n1​∑i​L(β,Zi​), and the regularized objective

Ln,λ(β)=Ln(β)+∑j=1pPλ(∣βj∣),Pλ(θ)=∫0θ[aλ−t]+a dt,\mathcal L_{n,\lambda}(\beta) = \mathcal L_n(\beta) + \sum_{j=1}^p P_\lambda(|\beta_j|), \qquad P_\lambda(\theta) = \int_0^\theta \frac{[a\lambda - t]_+}{a}\,dt,Ln,λ​(β)=Ln​(β)+j=1∑p​Pλ​(∣βj​∣),Pλ​(θ)=∫0θ​a[aλ−t]+​​dt,

with tuning parameters a,λ>0a, \lambda > 0a,λ>0. Norms: ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ is Euclidean, ∣⋅∣|\cdot|∣⋅∣ is ℓ1\ell_1ℓ1​, ∥⋅∥∞\|\cdot\|_\infty∥⋅∥∞​ is the max norm and ∥⋅∥0\|\cdot\|_0∥⋅∥0​ counts nonzero entries.

The standing assumptions are:

  • smoothness (11): each partial derivative ∂L/∂βj\partial L/\partial\beta_j∂L/∂βj​ is ULU_LUL​-Lipschitz along coordinate jjj, for almost every zzz;
  • Assumption 3: the centred losses L(β,Zi)−EL(β,Zi)L(\beta, Z_i) - \mathbb E L(\beta, Z_i)L(β,Zi​)−EL(β,Zi​) are sub-exponential with ψ1\psi_1ψ1​-norm at most σ≥1\sigma \ge 1σ≥1 on the box ∥β∥∞≤R\|\beta\|_\infty \le R∥β∥∞​≤R;
  • Assumption 4: L(⋅,z)L(\cdot, z)L(⋅,z) is C(z)\mathcal C(z)C(z)-Lipschitz on the box, where C(Zi)\mathcal C(Z_i)C(Zi​) is sub-exponential around its mean (ψ1\psi_1ψ1​-norm at most σL≥1\sigma_L \ge 1σL​≥1) and E C(Zi)≤Cμ\mathbb E\,\mathcal C(Z_i) \le \mathcal C_\muEC(Zi​)≤Cμ​, Cμ≥1\mathcal C_\mu \ge 1Cμ​≥1;
  • Assumption 1 (A-sparsity): some βεA∗\beta^*_{\varepsilon_A}βεA​∗​ with ∥βεA∗∥∞≤R\|\beta^*_{\varepsilon_A}\|_\infty \le R∥βεA​∗​∥∞​≤R, R≥1R \ge 1R≥1, and s=∥βεA∗∥0>1s = \|\beta^*_{\varepsilon_A}\|_0 > 1s=∥βεA​∗​∥0​>1 nonzero entries satisfies L(βεA∗)−inf⁡βL(β)≤εA\mathbb L(\beta^*_{\varepsilon_A}) - \inf_\beta \mathbb L(\beta) \le \varepsilon_AL(βεA​∗​)−infβ​L(β)≤εA​. Assumption 2 replaces inf⁡βL\inf_\beta \mathbb Linfβ​L by any lower bound Lg∗L^*_gLg∗​.

A vector β^\hat\betaβ^​ satisfies the S³ONC (significant subspace second-order necessary conditions, Definition 1) at a sample if it is a KKT point of Ln,λ\mathcal L_{n,\lambda}Ln,λ​, with subgradients κj∈∂∣β^j∣\kappa_j \in \partial|\hat\beta_j|κj​∈∂∣β^​j​∣, and UL+Pλ′′(∣β^j∣)≥0U_L + P''_\lambda(|\hat\beta_j|) \ge 0UL​+Pλ′′​(∣β^​j​∣)≥0 whenever ∣β^j∣∈(0,aλ)|\hat\beta_j| \in (0, a\lambda)∣β^​j​∣∈(0,aλ). With ζ~=ln⁡(3eR(σL+Cμ))\tilde\zeta = \ln(3eR(\sigma_L + \mathcal C_\mu))ζ~​=ln(3eR(σL​+Cμ​)), Theorem 1 fixes λ=8σ/(can2/3) [ln⁡(n2/3p)+ζ~]\lambda = \sqrt{8\sigma/(c a n^{2/3})\,[\ln(n^{2/3}p) + \tilde\zeta]}λ=8σ/(can2/3)[ln(n2/3p)+ζ~​]​, where c∈(0,1/2]c \in (0, 1/2]c∈(0,1/2] is the constant of the Bernstein inequality (12).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 18)

For a<min⁡{1/UL,1}a < \min\{1/U_L, 1\}a<min{1/UL​,1} and any random β^\hat\betaβ^​ with ∥β^∥∞≤R\|\hat\beta\|_\infty \le R∥β^​∥∞​≤R satisfying the S³ONC almost surely:

(i) if Ln,λ(β^)≤Ln,λ(βεA∗)+Γ\mathcal L_{n,\lambda}(\hat\beta) \le \mathcal L_{n,\lambda}(\beta^*_{\varepsilon_A}) + \GammaLn,λ​(β^​)≤Ln,λ​(βεA​∗​)+Γ almost surely and n>C3[((Γ+εA)/σ)3+s(ln⁡(np)+ζ~)]n > C_3[((\Gamma + \varepsilon_A)/\sigma)^3 + s(\ln(np) + \tilde\zeta)]n>C3​[((Γ+εA​)/σ)3+s(ln(np)+ζ~​)], then with probability at least 1−2(p+1)e−n/C3−6e−n1/3/C31 - 2(p+1)e^{-n/C_3} - 6e^{-n^{1/3}/C_3}1−2(p+1)e−n/C3​−6e−n1/3/C3​,

L(β^)−inf⁡βL(β)≤C3σ[s(ln⁡(np)+ζ~)n2/3+s(ln⁡(np)+ζ~)n+1n1/3]+C3σ(Γ+εA)n1/3+Γ+εA;\mathbb L(\hat\beta) - \inf_\beta \mathbb L(\beta) \le C_3\sigma\Big[\frac{s(\ln(np)+\tilde\zeta)}{n^{2/3}} + \sqrt{\frac{s(\ln(np)+\tilde\zeta)}{n}} + \frac{1}{n^{1/3}}\Big] + C_3\sqrt{\frac{\sigma(\Gamma+\varepsilon_A)}{n^{1/3}}} + \Gamma + \varepsilon_A;L(β^​)−βinf​L(β)≤C3​σ[n2/3s(ln(np)+ζ~​)​+ns(ln(np)+ζ~​)​​+n1/31​]+C3​n1/3σ(Γ+εA​)​​+Γ+εA​;

(ii) if β^\hat\betaβ^​ is no worse in Ln,λ\mathcal L_{n,\lambda}Ln,λ​ than a Lasso solution β^ℓ1\hat\beta^{\ell_1}β^​ℓ1​, the Γ\GammaΓ-free bound (22) holds under (21).

C3,C4C_3, C_4C3​,C4​ are universal constants. The goal fixes the polynomial rate n−1/3n^{-1/3}n−1/3; the general-rate result is Proposition 1.

Milestones (the paper's proof chain)

  1. Proposition 2: the S³ONC forces ∣β^j∣∉(0,aλ)|\hat\beta_j| \notin (0, a\lambda)∣β^​j​∣∈/(0,aλ) almost surely.
  2. Lemma EC.1: the empirical risk is (2σL+Cμ)(2\sigma_L + \mathcal C_\mu)(2σL​+Cμ​)-Lipschitz on the box with high probability.
  3. Proposition 3: uniform deviation of Ln\mathcal L_nLn​ from L\mathbb LL over {∥β∥∞≤R,∥β∥0≤p′}\{\|\beta\|_\infty \le R, \|\beta\|_0 \le p'\}{∥β∥∞​≤R,∥β∥0​≤p′}.
  4. Proposition 4: ∥β^∥0≤pu′−1\|\hat\beta\|_0 \le p'_u - 1∥β^​∥0​≤pu′​−1 with high probability.
  5. Lemma EC.2: comparison of the Lasso solution with βεA∗\beta^*_{\varepsilon_A}βεA​∗​ in Ln,λ\mathcal L_{n,\lambda}Ln,λ​.
  6. Proposition 5: the joint sparsity and excess-risk events for general ϱ∈(0,1/2)\varrho \in (0, 1/2)ϱ∈(0,1/2).
  7. Proposition 1: the excess-risk bounds (16), (18) at S³ONC solutions for general ϱ\varrhoϱ.

Significance

The theorem shows that second-order stationarity, which first- and second-order methods can certify (the paper's Theorem 2 gives a pseudo-polynomial algorithm), suffices for poly-logarithmic sample complexity in ppp without convexity or RSC. The paper builds on it for nonsmooth losses through smoothing (Theorem 3) and for regularized neural networks (Theorem 4). The same definitions layer (MCP, S³ONC, A-sparsity) serves those results.

The result is proved on paper, in the electronic companion of the cited preprint. Nothing of it is formalized: the platform has no folded concave penalty, no S³ONC and no excess-risk bound for sparse M-estimation without RSC. This mission provides the definitions, the goal and the proof chain as stated by the authors, with two disclosed adjustments (see Formalization scope).

Difficulty

The obvious argument bounds Ln(β^)−L(β^)\mathcal L_n(\hat\beta) - \mathbb L(\hat\beta)Ln​(β^​)−L(β^​) uniformly over the box ∥β∥∞≤R\|\beta\|_\infty \le R∥β∥∞​≤R and then compares β^\hat\betaβ^​ with βεA∗\beta^*_{\varepsilon_A}βεA​∗​. It fails: a covering of a ppp-dimensional box costs a factor ppp, not ln⁡p\ln plnp, in the sample size. The usual repair, RSC, which localizes the estimator near a sparse target, is exactly what the paper does without. β^\hat\betaβ^​ is moreover only a stationary point of a nonconvex objective, not a minimizer, so no optimality inequality over the whole space is available. The probabilistic part requires keeping the constants consistent across several union bounds and two Bernstein inequalities, with failure probabilities that must stay summable in the sparsity level. In Lean, an additional obstacle is that suprema over uncountable sparse sets are not obviously measurable.

Formalization scope

  • Data: an abstract measurable space W\mathcal WW (its embedding in Rq\mathbb R^qRq plays no role), independent ZiZ_iZi​ with common law μ\muμ. L(β,⋅)L(\beta, \cdot)L(β,⋅) is measurable and μ\muμ-integrable for every β\betaβ, and L\mathbb LL is bounded below, so inf⁡βL(β)\inf_\beta \mathbb L(\beta)infβ​L(β) is a genuine infimum.
  • Norms: the Euclidean norm is written out (Mathlib's norm on Fin p → ℝ is the sup norm). ∥⋅∥ψ1\|\cdot\|_{\psi_1}∥⋅∥ψ1​​ is the published Orlicz norm HighDimProb.Concentration.subexponentialNorm, always together with an explicit witness of sub-exponentiality. The paper cites the equivalent moment form; the difference is absorbed by the universal constants.
  • Bernstein constant: (12) and the analogous bound for C(Zi)\mathcal C(Z_i)C(Zi​) used in Lemma EC.1 are hypotheses with their constant ccc, quantified first. Every universal constant (C1C_1C1​–C4C_4C4​, c~\tilde cc~) comes after ccc and before every problem object: ppp, nnn, the distribution, LLL, β^\hat\betaβ^​, Γ\GammaΓ. Remark 1 asserts that such a c∈(0,1/2]c \in (0, 1/2]c∈(0,1/2] exists; the platform's proved bernstein_weighted supplies one.
  • Derivatives: the gradient enters through coordinate partial derivatives, which is all (11), (13), (14) use. Pλ′,Pλ′′P'_\lambda, P''_\lambdaPλ′​,Pλ′′​ are derivatives of the literal integral (4).
  • Probabilities: "with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ" is an upper bound δ\deltaδ on the outer measure of the failure set.
  • Random vectors: β^\hat\betaβ^​ and β^ℓ1\hat\beta^{\ell_1}β^​ℓ1​ are arbitrary measurable maps with the stated almost-sure properties; no statement constructs them.
  • Corrections: a<1a < 1a<1 is added to Theorem 1 and Proposition 1. It is Proposition 5's hypothesis, which their printed proofs invoke. Proposition 4's ζ1(ϵ)\zeta_1(\epsilon)ζ1​(ϵ) prints σC\sigma_CσC​, and σL\sigma_LσL​ is meant. Theorem 1's λ\lambdaλ is kept as printed (ln⁡(n2/3p)\ln(n^{2/3}p)ln(n2/3p)), although Proposition 1 at ϱ=1/3\varrho = 1/3ϱ=1/3 uses ln⁡(n1/3p)\ln(n^{1/3}p)ln(n1/3p).

The trivializing formalizations are ruled out explicitly: constants chosen after the instance, junk values of non-integrable expectations, empty infima or undefined derivatives, the sup norm in place of the Euclidean norm, and an estimator chosen by the theorem.

Welcome contributions: proofs of the milestones in order; a Lean proof that Assumption 3 implies (12), via the published Bernstein inequality; a measurable-selection or outer-measure lemma for suprema over sparse boxes, which is reusable across high-dimensional statistics.

Selected references

  • H. Liu, Y. Ye, H. Y. Lee, High-dimensional learning under approximate sparsity with applications to nonsmooth estimation and regularized neural networks, Operations Research, 2022; preprint arXiv:1903.00616v2, 2021. https://arxiv.org/abs/1903.00616
  • C.-H. Zhang, Nearly unbiased variable selection under minimax concave penalty, Annals of Statistics 38(2), 2010. https://arxiv.org/abs/1002.4734
  • J. Fan, R. Li, Variable selection via nonconcave penalized likelihood and its oracle properties, Journal of the American Statistical Association 96, 2001. https://doi.org/10.1198/016214501753382273
  • S. N. Negahban, P. Ravikumar, M. J. Wainwright, B. Yu, A unified framework for high-dimensional analysis of M-estimators with decomposable regularizers, Statistical Science 27(4), 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1010.2731
  • P.-L. Loh, M. J. Wainwright, Regularized M-estimators with nonconvexity: statistical and algorithmic theory for local optima, Journal of Machine Learning Research 16, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1305.2436
  • R. Vershynin, Introduction to the non-asymptotic analysis of random matrices, in Compressed Sensing: Theory and Applications, Cambridge University Press, 2012. https://arxiv.org/abs/1011.3027
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Bandit AlgorithmsProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Online Learning over a Finite Action Set with Limited Switching: An Algorithm for Prediction From Experts Whose Regret and Number of Switches Are Both O(√(T log n log(1/δ))) with Probability 1 − δResearch Paper

Motivation

In prediction from experts (PFE), an online learner chooses one of nnn actions in each of TTT rounds, and an adversary assigns each action a loss in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. Performance is measured by regret, the learner's total loss minus that of the best single action in hindsight. In many applications changing the action is itself costly: re-routing traffic, re-balancing a portfolio, re-deploying a model. The number of switches, rounds in which the action changes, is then a second resource to keep small.

It has long been known that both quantities can be kept at O(Tlog⁡n)O(\sqrt{T\log n})O(Tlogn​) in expectation. Kalai and Vempala's multiplicative Follow the Perturbed Leader (Kalai–Vempala 2005) and Devroye, Lugosi and Neu's random-walk perturbation (Devroye et al. 2015) both achieve this. Devroye et al. asked for guarantees that hold with high probability. A bound in expectation says little about a single run: the switch count of these algorithms can have heavy upper tails. Altschuler and Talwar (arXiv:1803.01548, COLT 2018; Mathematics of Operations Research 2021) gave the first algorithms whose regret and switches are both O(Tlog⁡nlog⁡(1/δ))O(\sqrt{T\log n\log(1/\delta)})O(Tlognlog(1/δ)​) with probability 1−δ1-\delta1−δ. They used this to characterise the optimal regret under a hard switching budget, both for PFE and for multi-armed bandits.

Setting

A loss sequence is (ℓt)t≥1(\ell_t)_{t\ge1}(ℓt​)t≥1​ with ℓt:[n]→[0,1]\ell_t:[n]\to[0,1]ℓt​:[n]→[0,1]. The adversary is oblivious: it fixes the whole sequence before the game, independently of the learner's randomness. A randomized online algorithm A\mathcal AA draws internal randomness ω\omegaω from a probability space (Ω,μ)(\Omega,\mu)(Ω,μ). At round ttt it plays an action it∈[n]i_t\in[n]it​∈[n] that is a function of ω\omegaω and of the past losses ℓ1,…,ℓt−1\ell_1,\dots,\ell_{t-1}ℓ1​,…,ℓt−1​ only. This is full-information feedback: after round ttt the whole vector ℓt\ell_tℓt​ is revealed. Then

RegretT=∑t=1Tℓt(it)−min⁡i∈[n]∑t=1Tℓt(i),SwitchesT=#{t∈{2,…,T}:it≠it−1}.\mathrm{Regret}_T=\sum_{t=1}^T\ell_t(i_t)-\min_{i\in[n]}\sum_{t=1}^T\ell_t(i),\qquad \mathrm{Switches}_T=\#\{t\in\{2,\dots,T\}:i_t\ne i_{t-1}\}.RegretT​=t=1∑T​ℓt​(it​)−i∈[n]min​t=1∑T​ℓt​(i),SwitchesT​=#{t∈{2,…,T}:it​=it−1​}.

Follow the Perturbed Leader (FPL) with perturbations Pt(i)P_t(i)Pt​(i) plays at round ttt the minimiser of ∑s=0t−1(ℓs(i)+Ps+1(i))\sum_{s=0}^{t-1}(\ell_s(i)+P_{s+1}(i))∑s=0t−1​(ℓs​(i)+Ps+1​(i)), with ℓ0:=0\ell_0:=0ℓ0​:=0. FPLε∗^*_\varepsilonε∗​ perturbs only once, with P1(i)=−R(i)/εP_1(i)=-R(i)/\varepsilonP1​(i)=−R(i)/ε, where R(1),…,R(n)R(1),\dots,R(n)R(1),…,R(n) are i.i.d. standard exponential.

Framework 1 turns an algorithm A\mathcal AA into a batched algorithm B\mathcal BB. B\mathcal BB runs a copy of A\mathcal AA with fresh randomness. The copy sees only the losses since its epoch began. The epoch ends just before the copy would exceed S′S'S′ switches, and a new copy starts there. EEE is the number of epochs used in TTT rounds. BFPLδ∗^*_\deltaδ∗​ is Framework 1 applied to FPLε∗^*_\varepsilonε∗​ with

N=⌈log⁡(2/δ)⌉,ε=12Nlog⁡n/T,S′=135Tlog⁡n/N.N=\lceil\log(2/\delta)\rceil,\qquad \varepsilon=\tfrac12\sqrt{N\log n/T},\qquad S'=135\sqrt{T\log n/N}.N=⌈log(2/δ)⌉,ε=21​Nlogn/T​,S′=135Tlogn/N​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1 (p. 8)

There is an absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 such that for all T,n≥1T,n\ge1T,n≥1 and δ∈(0,12)\delta\in(0,\tfrac12)δ∈(0,21​) some randomized online algorithm A\mathcal AA satisfies, for every oblivious loss sequence,

P(RegretT(A)≤CTlog⁡nlog⁡(1/δ) ∧ SwitchesT(A)≤CTlog⁡nlog⁡(1/δ))≥1−δ.\mathbb P\Big(\mathrm{Regret}_T(\mathcal A)\le C\sqrt{T\log n\log(1/\delta)}\ \wedge\ \mathrm{Switches}_T(\mathcal A)\le C\sqrt{T\log n\log(1/\delta)}\Big)\ge1-\delta.P(RegretT​(A)≤CTlognlog(1/δ)​ ∧ SwitchesT​(A)≤CTlognlog(1/δ)​)≥1−δ.

The algorithm may depend on TTT, nnn and δ\deltaδ, as on the page, but not on the losses. The constant is left unspecified, so a sharper constant would not change the goal.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7 (p. 13): E[Switchesτ(FPLε∗)]≤(ετ+2log⁡n)/(1−ε)\mathbb E[\mathrm{Switches}_\tau(\mathrm{FPL}^*_\varepsilon)]\le(\varepsilon\tau+2\log n)/(1-\varepsilon)E[Switchesτ​(FPLε∗​)]≤(ετ+2logn)/(1−ε).
  2. Lemma 3 (p. 10): if E[Switchesτ0(A)]≤cAτ0\mathbb E[\mathrm{Switches}_{\tau_0}(\mathcal A)]\le c_{\mathcal A}\sqrt{\tau_0}E[Switchesτ0​​(A)]≤cA​τ0​​ with τ0=min⁡(T,⌈8T/N⌉)\tau_0=\min(T,\lceil8T/N\rceil)τ0​=min(T,⌈8T/N⌉), then Framework 1 with S′=23cAT/NS'=23c_{\mathcal A}\sqrt{T/N}S′=23cA​T/N​ has P(E>N)≤e−N\mathbb P(E>N)\le e^{-N}P(E>N)≤e−N and P(SwitchesT>N(S′+1))≤e−N\mathbb P(\mathrm{Switches}_T>N(S'+1))\le e^{-N}P(SwitchesT​>N(S′+1))≤e−N.
  3. Lemma 17 (p. 27), Be-The-Leader: ∑t=0Tℓt(it+1)≤∑t=0Tℓt(i)\sum_{t=0}^T\ell_t(i_{t+1})\le\sum_{t=0}^T\ell_t(i)∑t=0T​ℓt​(it+1​)≤∑t=0T​ℓt​(i).
  4. Lemma 5 (p. 13): RegretT(FPL)≤M(SwitchesT+1)+max⁡i∑t=1T+1Pt(i)−∑t=1T+1Pt(it)\mathrm{Regret}_T(\mathrm{FPL})\le M(\mathrm{Switches}_T+1)+\max_i\sum_{t=1}^{T+1}P_t(i)-\sum_{t=1}^{T+1}P_t(i_t)RegretT​(FPL)≤M(SwitchesT​+1)+maxi​∑t=1T+1​Pt​(i)−∑t=1T+1​Pt​(it​).
  5. Corollary 6 for BFPL∗^*∗ (p. 14): RegretT≤SwitchesT+E+∑e<Emax⁡iRe(i)/ε\mathrm{Regret}_T\le\mathrm{Switches}_T+E+\sum_{e<E}\max_iR_e(i)/\varepsilonRegretT​≤SwitchesT​+E+∑e<E​maxi​Re​(i)/ε.
  6. Lemma 18 (p. 28): E[etX]≤nt/(1−t)\mathbb E[e^{tX}]\le n^t/(1-t)E[etX]≤nt/(1−t) for the maximum XXX of nnn standard exponentials.
  7. Lemma 9 (p. 14): P(∑e=1Nmax⁡iRe(i)>6Nlog⁡n)≤e−N\mathbb P(\sum_{e=1}^N\max_iR_e(i)>6N\log n)\le e^{-N}P(∑e=1N​maxi​Re​(i)>6Nlogn)≤e−N for N,n≥2N,n\ge2N,n≥2.
  8. Theorem 8 (p. 13): BFPLδ∗^*_\deltaδ∗​ itself satisfies the bound of Theorem 1 for n≥2n\ge2n≥2.

Significance

The result separates two notions of "optimal". Expected-value bounds on switching do not control a single run, and the paper shows (Appendix B) that naive restarting does not concentrate. Theorem 1 is the black box behind the paper's later results: the Θ~\tilde\ThetaΘ~ characterisation of minimax regret under a switching budget SSS, with a phase transition at S≈Tlog⁡nS\approx\sqrt{T\log n}S≈Tlogn​, and the switching-cost corollary obtained by mini-batching. Framework 1 is generic: any algorithm with an expected switching bound of order τ\sqrt\tauτ​ gains a high-probability one.

The paper result is proved, but none of it has been machine-checked. A formalization yields a verified online-learning protocol with oblivious adversaries, a restart framework with fresh randomness, and verified tail bounds for maxima of exponentials. Formalizing it also repairs four printed slips, listed under Formalization scope.

Difficulty

The obvious approach runs A\mathcal AA about log⁡(1/δ)\log(1/\delta)log(1/δ) times in fixed-length blocks and applies Markov's inequality in each. It fails: a single block can use far too many switches with probability that is not small enough. Framework 1 therefore uses epochs of random length, ended by the switch budget. The epoch lengths are then dependent, and the final epoch is truncated at TTT. The concentration argument has to handle both. On the regret side, Lemma 5 is pointwise, but summing it over random epochs and then controlling the sum of perturbation maxima needs a sub-exponential tail bound for maxima of exponentials.

Formalization scope

Rounds are 1-based, and losses are ℓ:N→Fin n→R\ell:\mathbb N\to\mathrm{Fin}\,n\to\mathbb Rℓ:N→Finn→R with values in [0,1][0,1][0,1]. An online algorithm has type Ω→(t:N)→(Fin(t−1)→Fin n→R)→Fin n\Omega\to(t:\mathbb N)\to(\mathrm{Fin}(t-1)\to\mathrm{Fin}\,n\to\mathbb R)\to\mathrm{Fin}\,nΩ→(t:N)→(Fin(t−1)→Finn→R)→Finn: at round ttt it sees only ω\omegaω and ℓ1,…,ℓt−1\ell_1,\dots,\ell_{t-1}ℓ1​,…,ℓt−1​. The adversary is a deterministic loss sequence, quantified after the algorithm, which is the page's own reduction (p. 5). High-probability statements bound the outer measure of the failure event by δ\deltaδ. Expectations are lower Lebesgue integrals of natural-valued switch counts. The O(⋅)O(\cdot)O(⋅) of Theorems 1 and 8 is an absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 chosen before TTT, nnn and δ\deltaδ. Argmins break ties towards the lowest index. Framework 1 takes randomness ω:N→Ω\omega:\mathbb N\to\Omegaω:N→Ω under the infinite product measure, one coordinate per epoch.

Three formalizations of the goal would be trivial, and all are excluded. An algorithm that could see ℓt\ell_tℓt​ or the future would simply play the best action in hindsight. A constant CCC chosen after TTT could be C=TC=TC=T. A loss sequence chosen before the algorithm would let the algorithm depend on it.

The printed slips and how they are handled:

  • FPL* sign. The paper perturbs by +R/ε+R/\varepsilon+R/ε. With one-sided exponentials that variant violates Lemma 7, so the perturbation is −R/ε-R/\varepsilon−R/ε.
  • Lemma 5 and Corollary 6. These need M(SwitchesT+1)M(\mathrm{Switches}_T+1)M(SwitchesT​+1) and +E+E+E; the printed forms fail at T=1T=1T=1.
  • Lemma 3. It takes an integer N≥2N\ge2N≥2 with δ/2=e−N\delta/2=e^{-N}δ/2=e−N, it assumes the switching hypothesis only at the horizon the proof uses, and it counts one boundary switch per epoch.
  • BFPLδ∗^*_\deltaδ∗​. It uses N=⌈log⁡(2/δ)⌉N=\lceil\log(2/\delta)\rceilN=⌈log(2/δ)⌉.
  • Measurability. Lemma 3 assumes that A\mathcal AA's actions are measurable in ω\omegaω.

The development needs:

  • product and infinite-product measures of exponential laws (in Mathlib);
  • Markov's inequality and Azuma–Hoeffding for submartingales with bounded differences;
  • the memoryless property of the exponential law;
  • Chernoff bounds.

The online-learning layer (protocol, regret, switches, FPL, the restart framework) is reusable for other switching-cost results in the paper and elsewhere. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are alternative routes to Theorem 1, such as the random-walk perturbation of §2.5.

Selected references

  • J. M. Altschuler and K. Talwar, Online learning over a finite action set with limited switching, COLT 2018; Mathematics of Operations Research 46(1), 2021. arXiv:1803.01548v2
  • A. Kalai and S. Vempala, Efficient algorithms for online decision problems, Journal of Computer and System Sciences 71(3), 2005. doi:10.1016/j.jcss.2004.10.016
  • L. Devroye, G. Lugosi and G. Neu, Random-walk perturbations for online combinatorial optimization, IEEE Transactions on Information Theory 61(7):4099–4106, 2015. doi:10.1109/TIT.2015.2428253
  • N. Cesa-Bianchi and G. Lugosi, Prediction, Learning, and Games, Cambridge University Press, 2006. doi:10.1017/CBO9780511546921
10 thms1 active userReviewed
ProbabilityReinforcement LearningStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Efficiently Breaking the Curse of Horizon in Off-Policy Evaluation with Double Reinforcement Learning: Cross-Fitted DRL Is Asymptotically Linear and Normal at the MDP Efficiency BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Off-policy evaluation (OPE) asks for the long-run value of a target decision policy, using only data collected under a different policy. It arises wherever running the target policy is expensive or unsafe: a new treatment rule in medicine, a new recommendation or pricing rule, a candidate controller in reinforcement learning. Importance-sampling estimators reweight whole trajectories. Their variance grows exponentially with the horizon, the curse of horizon (Liu et al. 2018, arXiv:1810.12429).

Kallus and Uehara (arXiv:1909.05850, Operations Research 2022) treat infinite-horizon discounted OPE as a semiparametric estimation problem. They derive the efficiency bound under three models: non-Markov, time-varying Markov and time-invariant Markov (MDP). They then propose double reinforcement learning (DRL), an estimator that combines a q-function estimate with an estimate of the ratio between the discounted state visitation of the target policy and the state distribution of the data. In the MDP model it attains the efficiency bound. This mission formalizes the transition-sampling version of that result, Theorem 6.

Timeline:

  • 2016: Jiang and Li (arXiv:1511.03722) and Thomas and Brunskill (arXiv:1604.00923) give doubly robust OPE estimators for finite horizons, built on trajectory-wise importance weights.
  • 2018: Liu, Li, Tang and Zhou (arXiv:1810.12429) replace trajectory weights by stationary state-distribution ratios, removing the exponential dependence on the horizon, but without efficiency guarantees.
  • 2018: Chernozhukov et al. (arXiv:1608.00060) formalize cross-fitting and Neyman orthogonality for estimation with machine-learned nuisances (double machine learning).
  • 2019–2022: Kallus and Uehara derive the MDP efficiency bound (Theorem 3) and prove that cross-fitted DRL attains it (Theorem 6), also under trajectory sampling with mixing (Theorems 10–13).

Setting

States lie in a measurable space SSS and actions in a measurable space AAA. A time-invariant MDP is a transition kernel p(s′∣s,a)p(s'\mid s,a)p(s′∣s,a) and a reward kernel p(r∣s,a)p(r\mid s,a)p(r∣s,a) with rewards in [0,Rmax⁡][0,R_{\max}][0,Rmax​]. A policy π(a∣s)\pi(a\mid s)π(a∣s) is a kernel from SSS to AAA. Fix a discount γ∈[0,1)\gamma\in[0,1)γ∈[0,1), a known target policy πe\pi_eπe​ with known initial law pπe(0)p^{(0)}_{\pi_e}pπe​(0)​, and a behavior policy πb\pi_bπb​.

The estimand is the normalized discounted value

ρπe=lim⁡T→∞(∑t=0Tγt)−1Epπe[∑t=0Tγtrt].\rho^{\pi_e}=\lim_{T\to\infty}\Big(\sum_{t=0}^T\gamma^t\Big)^{-1}\mathbb E_{p_{\pi_e}}\Big[\sum_{t=0}^T\gamma^tr_t\Big].ρπe​=T→∞lim​(t=0∑T​γt)−1Epπe​​​[t=0∑T​γtrt​].

The q-function is q(s,a)=Epπe[∑kγkrk∣s0=s,a0=a]q(s,a)=\mathbb E_{p_{\pi_e}}[\sum_k\gamma^kr_k\mid s_0=s,a_0=a]q(s,a)=Epπe​​​[∑k​γkrk​∣s0​=s,a0​=a], and v(s)=∫q(s,a) πe(da∣s)v(s)=\int q(s,a)\,\pi_e(da\mid s)v(s)=∫q(s,a)πe​(da∣s). The discounted visitation is pπe,γ(∞)=(1−γ)∑tγtpπe(t)p^{(\infty)}_{\pi_e,\gamma}=(1-\gamma)\sum_t\gamma^t p^{(t)}_{\pi_e}pπe​,γ(∞)​=(1−γ)∑t​γtpπe​(t)​, where pπe(t)p^{(t)}_{\pi_e}pπe​(t)​ is the law of sts_tst​.

Transition sampling. The data are i.i.d. observations Oi=(s,a,r,s′)O_i=(s,a,r,s')Oi​=(s,a,r,s′) with law pπbp_{\pi_b}pπb​​: s∼pπb(0)s\sim p^{(0)}_{\pi_b}s∼pπb​(0)​, a∼πb(⋅∣s)a\sim\pi_b(\cdot\mid s)a∼πb​(⋅∣s), and, given (s,a)(s,a)(s,a), independently r∼p(⋅∣s,a)r\sim p(\cdot\mid s,a)r∼p(⋅∣s,a) and s′∼p(⋅∣s,a)s'\sim p(\cdot\mid s,a)s′∼p(⋅∣s,a). The law of s′s's′ may differ from that of sss.

The density ratios are η(s,a)=πe(a∣s)/πb(a∣s)\eta(s,a)=\pi_e(a\mid s)/\pi_b(a\mid s)η(s,a)=πe​(a∣s)/πb​(a∣s) and w(s)=pπe,γ(∞)(s)/pπb(0)(s)w(s)=p^{(\infty)}_{\pi_e,\gamma}(s)/p^{(0)}_{\pi_b}(s)w(s)=pπe​,γ(∞)​(s)/pπb​(0)​(s). For candidate nuisances w′,q′w',q'w′,q′, with v′(s)=∫q′(s,a)πe(da∣s)v'(s)=\int q'(s,a)\pi_e(da\mid s)v′(s)=∫q′(s,a)πe​(da∣s), the estimating function is

ψ(s,a,r,s′;w′,q′)=(1−γ) Epπe(0)[v′(s0)]+w′(s)η(s,a)(r+γv′(s′)−q′(s,a)).\psi(s,a,r,s';w',q')=(1-\gamma)\,\mathbb E_{p^{(0)}_{\pi_e}}[v'(s_0)]+w'(s)\eta(s,a)\big(r+\gamma v'(s')-q'(s,a)\big).ψ(s,a,r,s′;w′,q′)=(1−γ)Epπe​(0)​​[v′(s0​)]+w′(s)η(s,a)(r+γv′(s′)−q′(s,a)).

The cross-fitted estimator ρ^DRL(M3)\hat\rho_{\rm DRL}(\mathcal M_3)ρ^​DRL​(M3​) splits the sample into two folds. It fits w^[j],q^[j]\hat w^{[j]},\hat q^{[j]}w^[j],q^​[j] on fold jjj and averages ψ\psiψ over all observations, each evaluated at the nuisances of the other fold. The efficient influence function is ϕeff=w(s)η(s,a)(r+γv(s′)−q(s,a))\phi_{\rm eff}=w(s)\eta(s,a)(r+\gamma v(s')-q(s,a))ϕeff​=w(s)η(s,a)(r+γv(s′)−q(s,a)), and the efficiency bound is EB(M3)=E[ϕeff2]\mathrm{EB}(\mathcal M_3)=\mathbb E[\phi_{\rm eff}^2]EB(M3​)=E[ϕeff2​].

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6

Assume the following:

  • w≤Cww\le C_ww≤Cw​ and pb,S′≤CS′pb,Sp_{b,S'}\le C_{S'}p_{b,S}pb,S′​≤CS′​pb,S​ (6a);
  • η≤Cη\eta\le C_\etaη≤Cη​ (added);
  • w^[j],q^[j]\hat w^{[j]},\hat q^{[j]}w^[j],q^​[j] lie in [0,Cw][0,C_w][0,Cw​] and [0,Rmax⁡/(1−γ)][0,R_{\max}/(1-\gamma)][0,Rmax​/(1−γ)] (6b);
  • ∥w^[j]−w∥2,∥q^[j]−q∥2=op(1)\|\hat w^{[j]}-w\|_2,\|\hat q^{[j]}-q\|_2=o_p(1)∥w^[j]−w∥2​,∥q^​[j]−q∥2​=op​(1) (6c);
  • n ∥w^[j]−w∥2∥q^[k]−q∥2=op(1)\sqrt n\,\|\hat w^{[j]}-w\|_2\|\hat q^{[k]}-q\|_2=o_p(1)n​∥w^[j]−w∥2​∥q^​[k]−q∥2​=op​(1) for all j,k∈{0,1}j,k\in\{0,1\}j,k∈{0,1} (6d, equivalent to common envelopes for both folds).

Then

n(ρ^DRL(M3)−ρπe)−1n∑i<nϕeff(Oi)→p0,n(ρ^DRL(M3)−ρπe)→dN(0,EB(M3)).\sqrt n\big(\hat\rho_{\rm DRL}(\mathcal M_3)-\rho^{\pi_e}\big)-\frac1{\sqrt n}\sum_{i<n}\phi_{\rm eff}(O_i)\xrightarrow{p}0,\qquad \sqrt n\big(\hat\rho_{\rm DRL}(\mathcal M_3)-\rho^{\pi_e}\big)\xrightarrow{d}N\big(0,\mathrm{EB}(\mathcal M_3)\big).n​(ρ^​DRL​(M3​)−ρπe​)−n​1​i<n∑​ϕeff​(Oi​)p​0,n​(ρ^​DRL​(M3​)−ρπe​)d​N(0,EB(M3​)).

No rate exponent or learner class is fixed. Only the product rate enters.

Milestones, in proof order

  1. Lemma 1 (forward): E[γw(s)η(s,a)f(s′)−w(s)f(s)]+(1−γ)Epπe(0)[f]=0\mathbb E[\gamma w(s)\eta(s,a)f(s')-w(s)f(s)]+(1-\gamma)\mathbb E_{p^{(0)}_{\pi_e}}[f]=0E[γw(s)η(s,a)f(s′)−w(s)f(s)]+(1−γ)Epπe​(0)​​[f]=0 for bounded measurable fff.
  2. ρπe=E[w(s)η(s,a)r]\rho^{\pi_e}=\mathbb E[w(s)\eta(s,a)r]ρπe​=E[w(s)η(s,a)r] (p. 16).
  3. Eq. (5): E[ψ(w′,q)]=(1−γ)Epπe(0)[v]=ρπe\mathbb E[\psi(w',q)]=(1-\gamma)\mathbb E_{p^{(0)}_{\pi_e}}[v]=\rho^{\pi_e}E[ψ(w′,q)]=(1−γ)Epπe​(0)​​[v]=ρπe​ for every bounded w′w'w′.
  4. ψ(w,q)=ρπe+ϕeff\psi(w,q)=\rho^{\pi_e}+\phi_{\rm eff}ψ(w,q)=ρπe​+ϕeff​ pointwise (p. 22).
  5. Eqs. (6)–(8): E[ψ(w,q′)]=ρπe\mathbb E[\psi(w,q')]=\rho^{\pi_e}E[ψ(w,q′)]=ρπe​ for every bounded q′q'q′.
  6. Jensen step, corrected: ∥v^(s′)−v(s′)∥2≤CS′Cη ∥q^−q∥2\|\hat v(s')-v(s')\|_2\le\sqrt{C_{S'}C_\eta}\,\|\hat q-q\|_2∥v^(s′)−v(s′)∥2​≤CS′​Cη​​∥q^​−q∥2​.
  7. Term (30): ∣Eψ(w^,q^)−ρπe∣≤Cη(1+γCS′Cη)∥w^−w∥2∥q^−q∥2|\mathbb E\psi(\hat w,\hat q)-\rho^{\pi_e}|\le C_\eta(1+\gamma\sqrt{C_{S'}C_\eta})\|\hat w-w\|_2\|\hat q-q\|_2∣Eψ(w^,q^​)−ρπe​∣≤Cη​(1+γCS′​Cη​​)∥w^−w∥2​∥q^​−q∥2​.
  8. Term (28), variance: var⁡[ψ(w^,q^)−ψ(w,q)]≤2a2∥w^−w∥22+2b2∥q^−q∥22\operatorname{var}[\psi(\hat w,\hat q)-\psi(w,q)]\le2a^2\|\hat w-w\|_2^2+2b^2\|\hat q-q\|_2^2var[ψ(w^,q^​)−ψ(w,q)]≤2a2∥w^−w∥22​+2b2∥q^​−q∥22​.
  9. Term (28) is op(1)o_p(1)op​(1): the centred fold empirical process at the opposite fold's nuisances vanishes.

Significance

Theorem 6 shows that, in a Markov model, a n\sqrt nn​-consistent and efficient OPE estimator exists whose variance scales with the number of observed transitions, not trajectories. It requires no complexity (Donsker or entropy) restriction on the nuisance estimators, only a product rate. Any black-box learners with ∥w^−w∥2∥q^−q∥2=op(n−1/2)\|\hat w-w\|_2\|\hat q-q\|_2=o_p(n^{-1/2})∥w^−w∥2​∥q^​−q∥2​=op​(n−1/2), which allows two subparametric rates, give asymptotically valid confidence intervals at the efficiency bound. The mixed-bias identities (Eqs. (5)–(8)) and Lemma 1 are the same ingredients used by later minimax and adversarial estimators of www and qqq.

The result is proved in the paper; nothing here is presented as open. As far as is known, none of it has a machine-checked proof: no off-policy evaluation, density-ratio characterization or cross-fitting asymptotics exists in Mathlib or on the platform. Formalizing it checks the appendix argument, which is short and contains errors (below). It also produces a reusable layer: kernel-based discounted MDPs on general measurable spaces, discounted visitation measures, and the cross-fitting plus Slutsky template that other double-machine-learning results share.

Difficulty

The obvious route is "the estimator equals the oracle average Pnψ(w,q)\mathbb P_n\psi(w,q)Pn​ψ(w,q) plus negligible terms, then apply the CLT". Two of its steps are not routine.

First, the negligible terms are random functions evaluated at random data. The empirical-process term (28) is controlled only conditionally on the other fold, through a conditional Chebyshev argument that needs the independence structure of the split. Treating w^,q^\hat w,\hat qw^,q^​ as fixed functions loses exactly this.

Second, the bias term (30) is second order only because of the mixed-bias structure. That structure rests on Lemma 1, a change-of-measure identity between the discounted visitation of πe\pi_eπe​ and the data distribution. The printed constants are wrong. The Jensen step ∥v^(s′)−v(s′)∥2≤CS′∥q^−q∥2\|\hat v(s')-v(s')\|_2\le\sqrt{C_{S'}}\|\hat q-q\|_2∥v^(s′)−v(s′)∥2​≤CS′​​∥q^​−q∥2​ fails when η\etaη is large: with one state, πb\pi_bπb​ uniform on two actions and πe\pi_eπe​ a point mass, the left side is 111 and the right side is 1/21/\sqrt21/2​. The bound by ∥w^−w∥2∥η∥2∥q^−q∥2\|\hat w-w\|_2\|\eta\|_2\|\hat q-q\|_2∥w^−w∥2​∥η∥2​∥q^​−q∥2​ is not a valid inequality for a triple product. Both need a bound η≤Cη\eta\le C_\etaη≤Cη​, which the mission adds.

Formalization scope

  • Spaces and kernels. SSS, AAA are measurable spaces, the action σ-algebra countably generated (for Mathlib's jointly measurable Kernel.rnDeriv). The MDP, the policies and the observation law are Mathlib kernels and measures. The paper's base measures are not used.
  • Ratios. www and η\etaη are toReal of Radon–Nikodym derivatives, not free functions satisfying an identity. Overlap (πe(⋅∣s)≪πb(⋅∣s)\pi_e(\cdot\mid s)\ll\pi_b(\cdot\mid s)πe​(⋅∣s)≪πb​(⋅∣s), pπe,γ(∞)≪pπb(0)p^{(\infty)}_{\pi_e,\gamma}\ll p^{(0)}_{\pi_b}pπe​,γ(∞)​≪pπb​(0)​) is a standing assumption.
  • Objects. qqq is the discounted series, not "a solution of the Bellman equation". ρπe\rho^{\pi_e}ρπe​ is the limit of normalized discounted sums, not (1−γ)E[v](1-\gamma)\mathbb E[v](1−γ)E[v] or E[wηr]\mathbb E[w\eta r]E[wηr]; those identities are milestones. The discounted visitation is the measure (1−γ)∑tγtpπe(t)(1-\gamma)\sum_t\gamma^tp^{(t)}_{\pi_e}(1−γ)∑t​γtpπe​(t)​, the limit of the paper's normalized averages.
  • Cross-fitting. The folds are {i<⌊n/2⌋}\{i<\lfloor n/2\rfloor\}{i<⌊n/2⌋} and the rest. Each learner is a jointly measurable function of its own fold's observations only. Rates are convergence in probability of the actual random L2L^2L2 errors.
  • Conclusion. "RAL and efficient" is posed as asymptotic linearity with influence function ϕeff\phi_{\rm eff}ϕeff​ plus the normal limit. Regularity needs the tangent-space framework of Theorem 3 and is not posed.
  • Ruled out. The oracle statement with w^=w\hat w=ww^=w, q^=q\hat q=qq^​=q is an i.i.d. CLT for a fixed function and drops the theorem's content. It is not an acceptable substitute for the goal.
  • Infrastructure needed. Linearity and Fubini for kernel compositions; summation of discounted occupancies; conditional Chebyshev for cross-fitted empirical processes; Slutsky (TendstoInDistribution with TendstoInMeasure) and Mathlib's i.i.d. CLT tendstoInDistribution_inv_sqrt_mul_sum_sub. The occupancy and Lemma 1 layer and the cross-fitting template are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of any milestone, and helper lemmas on kernel powers and discounted sums, are welcome.

Selected references

  • N. Kallus and M. Uehara, Efficiently Breaking the Curse of Horizon in Off-Policy Evaluation with Double Reinforcement Learning, Operations Research 70(6), 2022; arXiv:1909.05850v6 (2023). https://arxiv.org/abs/1909.05850
  • Q. Liu, L. Li, Z. Tang and D. Zhou, Breaking the Curse of Horizon: Infinite-Horizon Off-Policy Estimation, NeurIPS 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1810.12429
  • V. Chernozhukov, D. Chetverikov, M. Demirer, E. Duflo, C. Hansen, W. Newey and J. Robins, Double/Debiased Machine Learning for Treatment and Structural Parameters, The Econometrics Journal 21(1), 2018. https://arxiv.org/abs/1608.00060
  • N. Jiang and L. Li, Doubly Robust Off-Policy Value Evaluation for Reinforcement Learning, ICML 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1511.03722
  • P. Thomas and E. Brunskill, Data-Efficient Off-Policy Policy Evaluation for Reinforcement Learning, ICML 2016. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.00923
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Quantum Information·Captain: Goku

Sample-optimal learning of stabilizer statesResearch Paper

Motivation

Sample-optimal learning of stabilizer states establishes the selected mathematical guarantees below. The mission turns those original paper results into precise Lean proof targets.

Setting

Let n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 be the number of qubits and let 0<δ<1/80<\delta<1/80<δ<1/8 be the allowed failure probability. An unknown normalized pure stabilizer state ∣ψ⟩|\psi\rangle∣ψ⟩ is provided as identical copies. Let Lδ(n)L_\delta(n)Lδ​(n) be the least number of copies with which one quantum procedure can identify every such state with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ. The minimum permits arbitrary collective measurements, ancillas, internal randomness and adaptivity. Identification means outputting a valid tableau of nnn independent signed Pauli generators whose common +1+1+1 eigenspace is the input state; global phase and the choice of generators are irrelevant. Then

n+⌈log⁡21δ⌉−3≤Lδ(n)≤n+⌈log⁡21δ⌉+4.n+\left\lceil\log_2\frac1\delta\right\rceil-3 \le L_\delta(n)\le n+\left\lceil\log_2\frac1\delta\right\rceil+4.n+⌈log2​δ1​⌉−3≤Lδ​(n)≤n+⌈log2​δ1​⌉+4.

Furthermore, for every such nnn and δ\deltaδ, there is a quantum learner receiving at most n+⌈log⁡2(1/δ)⌉+4n+\lceil\log_2(1/\delta)\rceil+4n+⌈log2​(1/δ)⌉+4 copies and retaining them through adaptive operations, which identifies every input stabilizer state with failure probability at most δ\deltaδ. There are absolute constants C>0C>0C>0 and s0≥1s_0\ge1s0​≥1, independent of nnn, δ\deltaδ and the input state, such that this learner has computational time

time⁡≤Cn(n+ln⁡(1/δ))4whenever n+ln⁡(1/δ)≥s0.\operatorname{time}\le Cn\bigl(n+\ln(1/\delta)\bigr)^4 \qquad\text{whenever }n+\ln(1/\delta)\ge s_0.time≤Cn(n+ln(1/δ))4whenever n+ln(1/δ)≥s0​.

Time counts elementary quantum gates, measurements, fair coins and Boolean operations, including classical and reversible arithmetic, finite-precision rotation synthesis and tableau reconstruction. The sample and success bounds have no asymptotic threshold. This determines the leading sample coefficient to be one and attains the bound with an efficient learner.

Formalization Note The minimum is represented in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, with an empty feasible set assigned ∞\infty∞; the upper bound implies finiteness. The lower inequality is written as n+⌈log⁡2(1/δ)⌉≤Lδ(n)+3n+\lceil\log_2(1/\delta)\rceil\le L_\delta(n)+3n+⌈log2​(1/δ)⌉≤Lδ​(n)+3 to avoid natural subtraction. The theorem's printed statement leaves the qubit domain implicit; n≥1n\ge1n≥1 follows the lower-bound proof on PDF p.7, since the zero-qubit state requires zero copies.

Target

Theorem 1

Let n≥1n\ge 1n≥1 be the number of qubits and let 0<δ<1/80<\delta<1/80<δ<1/8 be the allowed failure probability. An unknown normalized pure stabilizer state ∣ψ⟩|\psi\rangle∣ψ⟩ is provided as identical copies. Let Lδ(n)L_\delta(n)Lδ​(n) be the least number of copies with which one quantum procedure can identify every such state with probability at least 1−δ1-\delta1−δ. The minimum permits arbitrary collective measurements, ancillas, internal randomness and adaptivity. Identification means outputting a valid tableau of nnn independent signed Pauli generators whose common +1+1+1 eigenspace is the input state; global phase and the choice of generators are irrelevant. Then

n+⌈log⁡21δ⌉−3≤Lδ(n)≤n+⌈log⁡21δ⌉+4.n+\left\lceil\log_2\frac1\delta\right\rceil-3 \le L_\delta(n)\le n+\left\lceil\log_2\frac1\delta\right\rceil+4.n+⌈log2​δ1​⌉−3≤Lδ​(n)≤n+⌈log2​δ1​⌉+4.

Furthermore, for every such nnn and δ\deltaδ, there is a quantum learner receiving at most n+⌈log⁡2(1/δ)⌉+4n+\lceil\log_2(1/\delta)\rceil+4n+⌈log2​(1/δ)⌉+4 copies and retaining them through adaptive operations, which identifies every input stabilizer state with failure probability at most δ\deltaδ. There are absolute constants C>0C>0C>0 and s0≥1s_0\ge1s0​≥1, independent of nnn, δ\deltaδ and the input state, such that this learner has computational time

time⁡≤Cn(n+ln⁡(1/δ))4whenever n+ln⁡(1/δ)≥s0.\operatorname{time}\le Cn\bigl(n+\ln(1/\delta)\bigr)^4 \qquad\text{whenever }n+\ln(1/\delta)\ge s_0.time≤Cn(n+ln(1/δ))4whenever n+ln(1/δ)≥s0​.

Time counts elementary quantum gates, measurements, fair coins and Boolean operations, including classical and reversible arithmetic, finite-precision rotation synthesis and tableau reconstruction. The sample and success bounds have no asymptotic threshold. This determines the leading sample coefficient to be one and attains the bound with an efficient learner.

Formalization Note The minimum is represented in N∪{∞}\mathbb N\cup\{\infty\}N∪{∞}, with an empty feasible set assigned ∞\infty∞; the upper bound implies finiteness. The lower inequality is written as n+⌈log⁡2(1/δ)⌉≤Lδ(n)+3n+\lceil\log_2(1/\delta)\rceil\le L_\delta(n)+3n+⌈log2​(1/δ)⌉≤Lδ​(n)+3 to avoid natural subtraction. The theorem's printed statement leaves the qubit domain implicit; n≥1n\ge1n≥1 follows the lower-bound proof on PDF p.7, since the zero-qubit state requires zero copies.

Significance

These are known results from the cited paper. The current contribution consists of source-reviewed, compiler-checked theorem statements and mathematical definitions. Formal proofs remain open. Only the listed selected results are in scope; no whole-paper completeness is claimed.

Difficulty

A complete solution must establish every quantified conclusion under the exact stated hypotheses, including error, probability and resource conditions wherever present. The source assumptions and conventions are recorded in the attached statements and independent readbacks.

Formalization scope

Definitions preserve the existing reviewed Lean interfaces. Every target proof is currently sorry, so each target is Open. Printed-source corrections, where necessary, are labeled with the printed claim, the change and its reason.

Selected references

  • Sample-optimal learning of stabilizer states, arXiv:2609.10974v1. Exact result labels, PDF pages and source SHA-256 values accompany each theorem.
1 thm1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 6 of 9Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me